Internet Standards/CD2.mdf/ccitt/inforce.txt

Text File | 1995-07-14 | 498KB | 6,886 lines

Date of update: 16 May 1995

** - Series A

* Organization of the work of the ITU-T
A.1 (1993) [Rev.1] [WTSC 93 Book 1] [Publ.: Sep.93]
   Presentation of contributions relative to the study of Questions
   assigned to the ITU-T
A.10 (1993) [Rev.1] [WTSC 93 Book 1] [Publ.: Sep.93]
   Terms and definitions
A.12 (1993) [Rev.1] [WTSC 93 Book 1] [Publ.: Sep.93]
   Collaboration with the International Electrotechnical commission on the
   subject of definitions for telecommunications
A.13 (1993) [Rev.1] [WTSC 93 Book 1] [Publ.: Sep.93]
   Collaboration with the International Electrotechnical commission on
   graphical symbols and diagrams used in telecommunications
A.14 (1993) [Rev.1] [WTSC 93 Book 1] [Publ.: Sep.93]
   Production maintenance and publication of ITU-T terminology
A.15 (1993) [Rev.1] [WTSC 93 Book 1] [Publ.: Sep.93]
   Elaboration and presentation of texts for Recommendations of the ITU
   Telecommunication Standardization Sector
A.20 (1993) [Rev.1] [WTSC 93 Book 1] [Publ.: Sep.93]
   Collaboration with other international organizations over data
   transmission
A.21 (1993) [Rev.1] [WTSC 93 Book 1] [Publ.: Sep.93]
   Collaboration with other international organizations on ITU-T defined
   telematic services
A.22 (1993) [Rev.1] [WTSC 93 Book 1] [Publ.: Sep.93]
   Collaboration with other international organizations on information
   technology
A.23 (1993) [New] [WTSC 93 Book 1] [Publ.: Sep.93]
   Collaboration with other international organizations on information
   technology, telematic services and data transmission
A.30 (1993) [Rev.1] [WTSC 93 Book 1] [Publ.: Sep.93]
   Major degradation or disruption of service
   Note - Same as F.12

** - Series B

* Means of expression
B.1 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. I.3] [Publ.: Jul.91]
   Letter symbols for telecommunications
B.3 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. I.3] [Publ.: Jul.91]
   Use of the international system of units (SI)
B.10 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. I.3] [Publ.: Jul.91]
   Graphical symbols and rules for the preparation of documentation in
   telecommunications
B.11 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. I.3] [Publ.: Jul.91]
   Legal time - use of the term UTc
B.12 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. I.3] [Publ.: Jul.91]
   Use of the decibel and the neper in telecommunications
B.13 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. I.3] [Publ.: Jul.91]
   Terms and definitions
B.14 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. I.3] [Publ.: Jul.91]
   Terms and symbols for information quantities in telecommunications
B.15 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. I.3] [Publ.: Jul.91]

   Nomenclature of the frequency and wavelength bands used in
   telecommunications
B.16 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. I.3] [Publ.: Jul.91]
   Use of certain terms linked with physical quantities
B.17 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. I.3] [Publ.: Jul.91]
   Adoption of the CCITT Specification and description Language (SDL)
B.18 (1993) [Rev.1] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.93]
   Traffic intensity unit
B.19 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. I.3] [Publ.: Jul.91]
   Abbreviations and initials used in telecommunications

** - Series C

* General telecommunication statistics
C.1 (1993) [Rev.1] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95]
   ITU statistical yearbook
C.2 (1993) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Collection and publication of official service information
C.3 (1993) [Rev.1] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Instructions for international telecommunication services

** - Series D

* Definitions
D.000 (1993) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.94]
   Terms and definitions for the Series-D Recommendations

* Private leased telecommunications facilities
D.1 (07/91) [Rev.1] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.91]
   General principles for the lease of international (continental and
   intercontinental) private telecommunication circuits and networks
D.3 (06/92) [New] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.92] [PN: D.2 + D.3]
   Principles for the lease of analogue international circuits for private
   service
D.4 (06/92) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.92]
   Special conditions for the lease of international (continental and
   intercontinental) sound- and television-programme circuits for private
   service
D.5 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Costs and value of services rendered as factors in the fixing of rates
D.7 (01/92) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.92]
   Concept and implementation of "one-stop shopping" for international
   private leased telecommunication circuits
D.8 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Special conditions for the lease of international end-to-end digital
   circuits for private service
D.9 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Private leasing of transmitters or receivers

* Tariff principles applying to data communication services over dedicated public data networks
D.10 (07/91) [Rev.1] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.91]
   General tariff principles for international public data communication
   services
D.11 (03/91) [Rev.1] [3 pp.] [Publ.: May.91]
   Special tariff principles for international packet-switched public data
   communication services by means of the virtual call facility
D.12 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Measurement unit for charging by volume in the international
   packet-switched data communication service

D.13 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Guiding principles to govern the apportionment of accounting rates in
   international packet-switched public data communication relations
D.15 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   General charging and accounting principles for non-voice services
   provided by interworking between public data networks
D.20 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Special tariff principles for the international circuit-switched public
   data communication services
D.21 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Special tariff principles for short transaction transmissions on the
   international packet switched public data networks using the fast select
   facility with restriction
D.30 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Implementation of reverse charging on international public data
   communication services
D.35 (01/92) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.92]
   General charging principles in the international public message handling
   services and associated applications

* Charging and accounting in the international public telegram service
D.36 (03/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95] [PN: D.xx]
   General accounting principles applicable to message handling servicesand
   associated applications
   Note - C: 102/119/143
D.40 (06/92) [Rev.1] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.92]
   General tariff principles applicable to telegrams exchanged in the
   international public telegram service
D.41 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Introduction of accounting rates by zones in the international public
   telegram service
D.42 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Accounting in the international public telegram service
D.43 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Partial and total refund of charges in the international public telegram
   service
   Note - Corr. 02/90 (E)

* Charging and accounting in the international telemessage service
D.45 (06/92) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.92]
   Charging and accounting principles for the international telemessage
   service

* Charging and accounting in the international teletex service
D.50 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Tariff and international accounting principles for the international
   teletex service

* Charging and accounting in the international telex service
D.60 (07/91) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.91]
   Guiding principles to govern the apportionment of accounting rates in
   intercontinental telex relations
D.61 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Charging and accounting provisions relating to the measurement of the
   chargeable duration of a telex call
D.65 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   General charging and accounting principles in the international telex
   service for multi-address messages via store-and-forward units
D.67 (03/95) [Rev.2] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]

   Charging and accounting in the international telex service
   Note - C: 102/119/143
* Charging and accounting in the international facsimile service
D.70 (06/92) [Rev.1] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.92]
   General tariff principles for the international public facsimile service
   between public bureaux (bureaufax service)
D.71 (06/92) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.92]
   General tariff principles for the public facsimile service between
   subscriber stations (telefax service)
D.73 (06/92) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.92]
   General tariff and international accounting principles for interworking
   between the international bureaufax and telefax services

* Charging and accounting in the international videotex service
D.79 (07/91) [New] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.91]
   charging and accounting principles for the international videotex
   service

* Charging and accounting in the international phototelegraph service
D.80 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Accounting and refunds for phototelegrams
D.81 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Accounting and refunds for private phototelegraph calls
D.83 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Rates for phototelegrams and private phototelegraph calls
D.85 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Charging for international phototelegraph calls to multiple destinations

* Charging and accounting in the mobile services
D.90 (03/95) [Rev.2] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Charging, billing, international accounting and settlement and in the
   maritime mobile service
   Note - C: 102/119/143
D.91 (03/91) [Rev.1] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.91]
   Transmission in encoded form of maritime telecommunications accounting
   information
D.93 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Charging and accounting in the international land mobile telephone
   service (provided via cellular radio systems)
D.94 (01/92) [New] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.92]
   Charging, billing and accounting principles for international
   aeronautical mobile service, and international aeronautical
   mobile-satellite service
D.95 (10/92) [New] [8 pp.] [Publ.: May.93]
   Charging, billing, accounting and refunds in the data messaging
   land/maritime mobile-satellite service

* Transferred account service
D.98 (1993) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Charging and accounting provisions relating to the transferred account
   telegraph and telematic services

* Charging and accounting in the international telephone service
D.100 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Charging for international calls in manual or semi-automatic operating
D.103 (06/92) [Rev.1] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.92]
   Charging in automatic service for calls terminating on a recorded
   announcement stating the reason for the call not being completed
   Note - Same as E.231

D.104 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Charging for calls to subscriber's station connected either to the
   absent subscriber's service or to a device substituting a subscriber in
   his absence
   Note - Same as E.232
D.105 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Charging for calls from or to a public call office
D.106 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Introduction of reduced rates during periods of light traffic in
   international telephone service
D.110 (06/92) [Rev.1] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.92]
   Charging and accounting for conference calls
D.115 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Tariff principles and accounting for the international freephone service
   (IFS)
D.116 (01/92) [New] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.92]
   Charging and accounting principles relating to the home country direct
   telephone service
D.120 (1993) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Charging and accounting principles for the automated Telephone credit
   card service
D.140 (03/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jun.95]
   Accounting rate principles for international telephone services
   Note - C: 102/119/143
D.150 (10/92) [Rev.2] [12 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.93]
   New system for accounting in international telephony
   Note - Same as E.250
D.151 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Old system for accounting in international telephony
   Note - Same as E.251. Corr. 02/90 (E)
D.155 (10/92) [Rev.2] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.93]
   Guiding principles governing the apportionment of accounting rates in
   intercontinental telephone relations

* Drawing up and exchange of international telephone and telex accounts
D.160 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Mode of application of the flat-rate price procedure set forth in
   Recommendation D.67 and Recommendation D.150 for remuneration of
   facilities made available to the Administrations of other countries
   Note - Same as E.252
D.170 (03/95) [Rev.2] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Monthly telephone and telex accounts
   Note - C: 102/119/143
D.171 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Adjustments and refunds in the international telephone service
D.172 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Accounting for calls circulated over international routes for which
   accounting rates have not been established
D.173 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Defaulting subscribers
D.174 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Conventional transmission of information necessary for billing and
   accounting regarding collect and credit card calls
   Note - Same as E.277
D.176 (06/92) [Rev.1] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.92]
   Transmission in encoded form of telephone reversed charge billing and
   accounting information
   Note - Same as E.276
D.177 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]

   Adjustment of charges and refunds in the international telex service
D.178 (1993) [Rev.1] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Monthly accounts for semi-automatic telephone calls (ordinary and urgent
   calls, with or without special facilities)
* International sound- and television-programme transmissions
D.180 (1993) [Rev.1] [13 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Occasional provision of circuits for international sound- and
   television-programme transmissions

* Charging and accounting for international satellite services
D.185 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   General tariff and accounting principles for international one-way
   point-to-multipoint satellite services
D.188 (10/92) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: May.93]
   General charging and accounting principles applicable to an
   international videoconferencing service

* Transmission of monthly international accounting information
D.190 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Transmission in encoded form of monthly international accounting
   information
   Note - Same as E.275

* Privilege telecommunications
D.192 (06/92) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.92]
   Principles for charging and accounting of service telecommunications
D.193 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Special tariff principles for privilege telecommunications

* Settlement of international telecommunication balances of accounts
D.196 (06/92) [New] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.92]
   Clearing of international telecommunication balances of accounts
D.197 (07/91) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.91]
   Notification of change of address(es) for accounting and settlement
   purposes

* Charging and accounting principles for international telecommunication services provided over ISDN
D.210 (09/94) [Rev.1] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.95]
   General charging and accounting principles for international
   telecommunication services provided over the Integrated Services Digital
   Network (ISDN)
   Note - C: 60/81/104
D.211 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   International accounting for the use of the Signal Transfer Point (STP)
   in CCITT Signalling System No.7
D.220 (03/91) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.91]
   Charging and accounting principles to be applied to international
   circuit-mode demand bearer services provided over the integrated
   services digital network (ISDN)
D.230 (03/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   General charging and accounting principles for supplementary services
   associated with international telecommunication services provided over
   the ISDN
   Note - C: 102/119/143
D.231 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Charging and accounting principles relating to the User-to-User
   Information (UUI) supplementary service
D.232 (09/94) [Rev.2] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.95]
   Specific tariff and accounting principles applicable to ISDN

   supplementary services
   Note - C: 60/81/104
D.240 (03/91) [New] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.91]
   Charging and accounting principles for teleservices supported by the
   ISDN
D.250 (07/91) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.91]
   General charging and accounting principles for non-voice services
   provided by interworking between the ISDN and existing public data
   networks
D.251 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   General charging and accounting principles for the basic telephone
   service provided over the ISDN or by interconnection between the ISDN
   and the public switched telephone network
D.260 (03/91) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.91]
   Charging and accounting capabilities to be applied on the ISDN
D.280 (03/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Principles for charching and billing, accounting and reimbursements for
   universal personal telecommunications (UPT)
   Note - C: 102/119/143

* Recommendations applying in Europe and the Mediterranean Basin
D.300 R (03/95) [Rev.3] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Determination of accounting rate shares in telephone relations between
   countries in Europe and the Mediterranean Basin
   Note - C: 102/119/143
D.301 R (03/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Determination of accounting rate shares and collection charges in telex
   relations between countries in Europe and the Mediterranean Basin
   Note - C: 102/119/143
D.302 R (03/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Determination of the accounting rate shares and collection charges for
   the international public telegram service applicable to telegrams
   exchanged between countries in Europe and the Mediterranean Basin
   Note - C: 102/119/143
D.303 R (03/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Determination of accounting rate shares and collection charges
   applicable by countries in Europe and the Mediterranean Basin to the
   occasional provision of circuits for sound- and television-programme
   transmissions
   Note - C: 102/119/143
D.306 R (07/91) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.91]
   Remuneration of public packet-switched data transmission networks
   between the countries of Europe and the Mediterranean Basin
D.307 R (03/95) [Rev.2] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Remuneration of digital systems and channels used in telecommunication
   relations between the countries of Europe and the Mediterranean Basin
   Note - C: 102/119/143
D.310 R (03/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Determination of rentals for the lease of international programme
   (sound- and television-) circuits and associated control circuits for
   private service in relations between countries in Europe and the
   Mediterranean Basin
   Note - C: 102/119/143

* Recommendations applicable in Latin America
D.400 R (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Accounting rates applicable in telephone relations between countries in
   Latin America
D.401 R (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]

   Accounting rates applicable to telex relations between countries in
   Latin America
* Recommendations applicable in Asia and Oceania
D.500 R (10/93) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Accounting rates applicable to telephone relations between countries in
   Asia and Oceania
   Note - C: 5/15/31
D.501 R (10/93) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Accounting rates applicable to telex relations between countries in Asia
   and Oceania
   Note - C: 5/15/31

* Recommendations applicable to the African Region
D.600 R (10/93) [Rev.1] [12 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.94]
   Determination of accounting rate shares and collection charges in
   telephone relations between countries in Africa
   Note - C: 5/15/31
D.601 R (10/93) [Rev.1] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Determination of accounting rate shares and collection charges in telex
   relations between countries in Africa
   Note - C: 5/15/31
D.606 R (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.1] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Preferential rates in telecommunication relations between countries in
   Africa

** - Series E

* Definitions
E.100 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Definitions of terms used in international telephone operation

* General provisions concerning Administrations
E.104 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   International telephone directory assistance service and public access
   Note - C: 83/113/136
E.105 (08/92) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.93]
   International telephone service
E.109 (02/95) [New]
   International billed number screening procedures for collect and
   third-party calling
   Note - C: 83/113/136
E.110 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Organization of the international telephone network
E.111 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Extension of international telephone services
E.112 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Arrangements to be made for controlling the telephone services between
   two countries
E.113 (1993) [Rev.1] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Validation procedures for the international telecommunications charge
   card service
E.114 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Supply of lists of subscribers (directories and other means)
E.115 (02/95) [Rev.3]
   Computerized directory assistance
   Note - C: 83/113/136
E.116 (08/92) [Rev.1] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.93]
   International telecommunication charge card service
E.117 (06/94) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]

   Terminal devices used in connection with the public telephone service
   (other than telephones)
   Note - C: 34/63/80
E.118 (08/92) [Rev.1] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.93]
   The international telecommunication charge card
* General provisions concerning users
E.120 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Instructions for users of the international telephone service
E.121 (02/95) [Rev.1]
   Pictograms, symbols and icons to assist users of the telephone service.
   Note - C: 83/113/136
E.122 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Measures to reduce customer difficulties in the international telephone
   service
E.123 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Notation for national and international telephone numbers
E.124 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Discouragement of frivolous international calling to unassigned or
   vacant numbers answered by recorded announcements without charge
E.125 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Inquiries among users of the international telephone service
E.126 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Harmonization of the general information pages of the telephone
   directories published by administrations
E.127 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Pages in the telephone directory intended for foreign visitors
E.128 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Leaflet to be distributed to foreign visitors
E.130 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Choice of the most useful and desirable supplementary telephone services
E.131 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Subscriber control procedures for supplementary telephone services
E.132 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Standardization of elements of control procedures for supplementary
   telephone services
E.133 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Operating procedures for cardphones
E.134 (1993) [New] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.93]
   Human factors aspects of public terminals: generic operating procedures

* Operation of international telephone services
E.140 (08/92) [Rev.1] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.93]
   Operator-assisted telephone service
E.141 (1993) [Rev.1] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Instructions for operators on the operator assisted international
   telephone service
E.148 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Routing of traffic by automatic transit exchanges
E.149 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Presentation of routing data
E.150 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Publication of a "list of international telephone routes"
E.151 (08/92) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.93]
   Telephone conference calls
E.152 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   International freephone service

* Numbering plan of the international telephone service
E.160 (1993) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]

   Definitions relating to national and international numbering plans
E.161 (1993) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.93]
   Arrangement of digits, letters and symbols on telephones and other
   devices that can be used for gaining access to a telephone network
E.162 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Aug.95]
   Capability for seven digit analysis of international E.164 numbers at
   time T
   Note - C: 100/124/147
E.164 (08/91) [Rev.1] [16 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.91]
   Numbering plan for the ISDN era
   Note - Same as I.331
E.165 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Timetable for coordinated implementation of the full capability of the
   numbering plan for the ISDN era (Recommendation E.164)
E.166 (10/92) [New] [39 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.93]
   Numbering plan interworking for the E.164 and X.121 numbering plans
   Note - Same as X.122
E.167 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   ISDN network identification codes
E.168 (1993) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Application of E.164 numbering plan for UPT

* International routing plan
E.170 (10/92) [Rev.1] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   Traffic routing
E.171 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   International telephone routing plan
E.172 (10/92) [New] [18 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.93] [PN: I.335]
   ISDN routing plan
   Note - Replaces I.335
E.173 (08/91) [New] [12 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.91]
   Routing plan for interconnection between public land mobile networks and
   fixed terminal networks
E.174 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Aug.95]
   Routing principles and guidance for universal personal telecommunication
   Note - C: 100/124/147
E.175 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Models for international network planning

* Tone for use in national signalling systems
E.180 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Technical characteristics of tones for the telephone service
E.181 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Customer recognition of foreign tones
E.182 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Application of tones and recorded announcements in telephone services
E.183 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Guiding principles for telephone announcements
E.184 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Indications to users of ISDN terminals

* Maritime mobile service and public land mobile service
E.200 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Operational provisions for the maritime mobile service
   Note - Same as F.110
E.201 (08/91) [New] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.91]
   Reference recommendation for mobile services
E.202 (10/92) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   Network operational principles for future public mobile systems and

   services
E.210 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Ship station identification for VHF/UHF and maritime mobile-satellite
   services
   Note - Same as F.120
E.211 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Selection procedures for VHF/UHF maritime mobile services
E.212 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Identification plan for land mobile stations
E.213 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Telephone and ISDN numbering plan for land mobile stations in public
   land mobile networks (PLMN)
E.214 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Structure of the land mobile global title for the signalling connection
   control part (SCCP)
E.215 (1993) [Rev.1] [13 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Telephone/ISDN numbering plan for the mobile-satellite services of
   INMARSAT
E.216 (1993) [Rev.1] [14 pp.] [Publ.:   ]
   Selection procedures for the INMARSAT mobile-satellite telephone and
   ISDN services
   Note - Will not be published
E.220 (10/92) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   Interconnection of public land mobile networks (PLMN)

* Charging in the international telephone service
E.230 (08/92) [Rev.1] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.93]
   Chargeable duration of calls
E.231 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Charging in automatic service for calls terminating on special services
   for suspended, cancelled or transferred subscribers
   Note - Same as D.103. Obsolete.
E.232 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Charging for calls to subscriber's station connected either to the
   absent subscriber's service or to a device substituting a subscriber in
   his absence
   Note - Same as D.104

* Procedures for remuneration of Administrations for facilities made available
E.250 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   New system for accounting in international telephony
   Note - Same as D.150. Obsolete.
E.251 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Old system for accounting in international telephony
   Note - Same as D.151
E.252 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Mode of application of the flat-rate price procedure set forth in
   Recommendations D.67 and D.150 for remuneration of facilities made
   available to the Administrations of other countries
   Note - Same as D.160

* Measuring and recording call durations for accounting purposes
E.260 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Basic technical problems concerning the measurement and recording of
   call durations
E.261 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Devices for measuring and recording call durations


* Establishment and exchange of international accounts
E.270 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Monthly telephone and telex accounts
   Note - Same as D.170. Obsolete.
E.275 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Transmission in encoded form of monthly international accounting
   information
   Note - Same as D.190
E.276 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Transmission in encoded form of telephone reversed charge billing and
   accounting information
   Note - Same as D.176. Obsolete.
E.277 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Conventional transmission of information necessary for the collection of
   charges and the accounting regarding collect and credit card calls
   Note - Same as D.174

* Utilization of the international telephone network for non-telephony applications - General
E.300 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Special uses of circuits normally employed for automatic telephone
   traffic
E.301 (1993) [Rev.1] [15 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.94]
   Impact of non-voice applications on the telephone network

* Phototelegraphy
E.320 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Speeding up the establishment and clearing of phototelegraph calls
E.323 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Rules for phototelegraph communications set up over circuits normally
   used for telephone traffic
   Note - Same as F.82 (-> F.107)

* ISDN provisions concerning users
E.330 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   User control of ISDN-supported services
E.331 (10/91) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.91]
   Minimum user-terminal interface for a human user entering address
   information into an ISDN terminal
E.333 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.2] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Man-machine interface
   Note - Same as Z.323

* International service statistics
E.401 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.3] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Statistics for the international telephone service (number of circuits
   in operation and volume of traffic)

* International network management
E.410 (10/92) [Rev.1] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   International network management - General information
E.411 (10/92) [Rev.1] [14 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   International network management - Operational guidance
E.412 (10/92) [Rev.1] [14 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]
   Network management controls
E.413 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.3] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   International network management - Planning
E.414 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.3] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   International network management - Organization
E.415 (08/91) [New] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.91]

   International network management guidance for common channel signalling
   system No. 7
* Checking the quality of the international telephone service
E.420 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.3] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Checking the quality of the international telephone service - General
   considerations
E.421 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.3] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Service quality observations on a statistical basis
E.422 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.3] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Observations on international outgoing telephone calls for quality of
   service
E.423 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.3] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Observations on traffic set up by operators
E.424 (10/92) [Rev.1] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   Test calls
E.425 (10/92) [Rev.1] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   Internal automatic observations
E.426 (10/92) [Rev.1] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   General guide to the percentage of effective attempts which should be
   observed for international telephone calls
E.427 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.3] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Collection and statistical analysis of special quality of service
   observation data for measurements of customer difficulties in the
   international automatic service
E.428 (10/92) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: May.93]
   Connection retention
E.430 (06/92) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.92]
   Quality of service framework
E.431 (06/92) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.92]
   Service quality assessment for connection set-up and release delays
E.432 (06/92) [New] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.92]
   Connection quality
E.433 (06/92) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.92]
   Billing integrity
E.434 (06/92) [New] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.92]
   Subscriber-to-subscriber measurement of the public switched telephone
   network
E.450 (1993) [New] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   Facsimile quality of service on PSTN - General aspects
E.451 (1993) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.93]
   Facsimile call cut-off performance
E.452 (1993) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.94]
   Facsimile modem speed reductions and transaction time
E.453 (08/94) [New] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.95]
   Facsimile image quality as corrupted by transmission-induced scan line
   errors
   Note - C: 46/78/98
E.456 (08/94) [New] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.95]
   Test transaction for facsimile transmission performance
   Note - C: 46/78/98

* Measurement and recording of traffic
E.490 (06/92) [New] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.92]
   Traffic measurement and evaluation - General survey
E.491 (06/92) [New] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.92]
   Traffic measurement by destination
E.500 (06/92) [Rev.1] [14 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.92]
   Traffic intensity measurement principles
E.501 (06/92) [Rev.1] [16 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.92]

   Estimation of traffic offered in the network
E.502 (06/92) [Rev.1] [20 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.92]
   Traffic measurement requirements for digital telecommunication exchanges
E.503 (06/92) [Rev.1] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.92]
   Traffic measurement data analysis
E.504 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.3] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Traffic measurement administration
E.505 (06/92) [New] [13 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.92]
   Measurements of the performance of common channel signalling network

* Forecasting of traffic
E.506 (06/92) [Rev.1] [19 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.92]
   Forecasting international traffic
E.507 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.3] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Models for forecasting international traffic
E.508 (10/92) [Rev.1] [20 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]
   Forecasting new telecommunication services

* Determination of the number of circuits in manual operation
E.510 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.3] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Determination of the number of circuits in manual operation

* Determination of the number of circuits in automatic and semiautomatic operation
E.520 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.3] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Number of circuits to be provided in automatic and/or semiautomatic
   operation, without overflow facilities
E.521 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.3] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Calculation of the number of circuits in a group carrying overflow
   traffic
E.522 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.3] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Number of circuits in a high-usage group
E.523 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.3] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Standard traffic profiles for international traffic streams
E.524 (06/92) [Rev.1] [11 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.92]
   Overflow approximations for non-random inputs
E.525 (06/92) [Rev.1] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.92]
   Designing networks to control grade of service
E.526 (1993) [New] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Dimensioning a circuit group with multi-slot bearer services and no
   overflow inputs
E.527 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Aug.95]
   Dimensioning at a circuit group with multi-slot bearer services and
   overflow traffic
   Note - C: 100/124/147

* Grade of service
E.540 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.3] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Overall grade of service of the international part of an international
   connection
E.541 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.3] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Overall grade of service for international connections
   (subscriber-to-subscriber)
E.543 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.3] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Grades of service in digital international telephone exchanges
E.550 (1993) [Rev.1] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Grade-of-service and new performance criteria under failure conditions
   in international telephone exchanges


* Definitions
E.600 (1993) [Rev.1] [16 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Terms and definitions of traffic engineering
* ISDN traffic engineering
E.700 (10/92) [Rev.1] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   Framework of the E.700-Series Recommendations
E.701 (10/92) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   Reference connections for traffic engineering
E.710 (10/92) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: May.93]
   ISDN traffic modelling overview
E.711 (10/92) [Rev.2] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   User demand modelling
E.712 (10/92) [New] [14 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   User plane traffic modelling
E.713 (10/92) [Rev.1] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]
   Control plane traffic modelling
   Note - Only the title changes
E.720 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.3] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   ISDN grade of service concept
E.721 (08/91) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.91]
   Network grade of service parameters and target values for
   circuit-switched services in the evolving ISDN
E.723 (06/92) [New] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.92]
   Grade-of-service parameters for Signalling System No.7 networks
E.730 (10/92) [New] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   ISDN dimensioning methods overview
E.731 (10/92) [New] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]
   Methods for dimensioning resources operating in circuit switced mode
E.733 (06/92) [New] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.92]
   Methods for dimensioning resources in Signalling System No. 7 networks
E.743 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Aug.95]
   Traffic measurements for SS No. 7 dimensioning and planning
   Note - C: 100/124/147

* Mobile networks traffic engineering
E.750 (1993) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Introduction to the E.750-Series of Recommendations on traffic
   engineering aspects of mobile networks
E.751 (1993) [New] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Reference connections for traffic engineering of land mobile networks
E.770 (1993) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Land mobile and fixed network interconnection traffic grade of service
   concept
E.771 (1993) [New] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Network grade of service parameters and target values for
   circuit-switched land mobile services

* Terms and definitions related to the quality of telecommunication services
E.800 (08/94) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jun.95]
   Terms and definition related to quality of service and network
   performance including dependability
   Note - C: 46/78/98

* Models for telecommunication services
E.810 (10/92) [New] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   Framework of the Recommendations on the serveability performance and
   service integrity for telecommunication services
   Note - E.810 renumbered E.820
E.820 (10/92) [Rev.1] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93] [PN: E.810]

   Call models for serveability and service integrity performance
E.830 (10/92) [Rev.1] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   Models for the specification, evaluation and allocation of serveability
   and service integrity
* Objectives for quality of service and related concepts of telecommunication services
E.845 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.3] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Connection accessibility objective for the international telephone
   service
E.846 (1993) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Accessibility for 64 kbit/s circuit switched international end-to-end
   ISDN connection types
E.850 (10/92) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93] [PN: G.181]
   Connection retainability objective for the international telephone
   service
E.855 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.3] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Connection integrity objective for the international telephone service

* Use of quality of service objectives for planning of telecommunication networks
E.862 (06/92) [Rev.1] [13 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.92]
   Dependability planning of telecommunication networks

* Field data collection and evaluation on the performance of equipment, networks and services
E.880 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.3] [Publ.: Jan.89]
   Field data collection and evaluation on the performance of equipment,
   networks and services

** - Series F

* Operating methods for the international public telegram service
F.1 (08/92) [Rev.1] [54 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.93]
   Operational provisions for the international public telegram service
F.2 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90] [PN: F.42]
   Operational provisions for the collection of telegram charges
F.4 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Plain and secret language
F.10 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Character error rate objective for telegraph communication using 5-unit
   start-stop equipment

* General
F.11 (10/91) [New] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.91]
   Continued availability of traditional services
F.13 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90] [PN: F.41]
   Operational provisions for participation in the transferred account
   telegraph and telematic service
F.14 (08/92) [New] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.92]
   General provisions for one-stop-shopping arrangements
F.15 (08/92) [New] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.92]
   Evaluating the success of new services
F.16 (02/95) [New] [1 pp.] [Publ. sched.: Aug.95] [PN: F.gvpn]
   Global virtual network service
   Note - C: 83/113/136
F.17 (08/92) [New] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.92]
   Operational aspects of service telecommunications
F.18 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95] [PN: F.bureau]
   Guidelines on harmonization of international public bureau services
   Note - C: 83/113/136


* The gentex network
F.20 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   The international gentex service
F.21 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Composition of answer-back codes for the international gentex service
F.23 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Grade of service for long-distance international gentex circuits
F.24 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Average grade of service from country to country in the gentex service

* Message switching
F.30 (1993) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Use of various sequences of combinations for special purposes
F.31 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Telegram retransmission system
F.35 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Provisions applying to the operation of an international public
   automatic message switching service for equipments utilizing the
   international telegraph Alphabet No. 2

* Telemessage
F.40 (03/91) [Rev.1] [10 pp.] [Publ.: May.91] [PN: F.50]
   International public telemessage service
F.41 (03/91) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: May.91] [PN: F.51]
   Interworking between the telemessage service and the international
   public telegram service

* Telex
F.59 (10/91) [New] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.91]
   General characteristics of the international telex service
F.60 (08/92) [Rev.1] [31 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.93]
   Operational provisions for the international telex service
F.61 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Operational provisions relating to the chargeable duration of a telex
   call
F.63 (1993) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Additional facilities in the international telex service
F.64 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Determination of the number of international telex circuits required to
   carry a given volume of traffic
F.65 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Time-to-answer by operators at international telex positions
F.68 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Establishment of the automatic intercontinental telex network
F.69 (06/94) [Rev.2] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.95]
   The international telex service - Service and operational provisions of
   telex destination codes and telex network identification codes
   Note - C: 34/63/80
F.70 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Evaluating the quality of the international telex service
F.71 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Interconnection of private teleprinter networks with the telex network
F.72 (1993) [Rev.1] [14 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   The international telex service - General principles and operational
   aspects of a store and forward facility
F.73 (07/90) [Rev.1] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.90]
   Operational principles for communication between terminals of the
   international telex service and data terminal equipment on packet
   switched public data networks

   Note - Corr. 12/90
F.74 (08/92) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.92]
   Intermediate storage devices accessed from the international telex
   service using single stage selection - Answerback format
F.80 (10/91) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.91]
   Basic requirements for interworking relations between the international
   telex service and other services
F.81 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.5] [Publ.: Oct.89]
   Interworking between teletex service and telex service - General
   principles
   Note - Same as F.201
F.82 (10/91) [New] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.91]
   Operational provisions to permit interworking between the international
   telex service and the intex service
F.85 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90] [PN: F.75]
   Message handling services - Intercommunication between the IPM service
   and the telex service
F.86 (10/91) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.91]
   Interworking between the international telex service and the videotex
   service
F.87 (03/91) [New] [9 pp.] [Publ.: May.91] [PN: F.76]
   Operational principles for the transfer of messages from terminals on
   the telex network to Group 3 facsimile terminals connected to the public
   switched telephone network
F.89 (08/92) [New] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.92]
   Status enquiry function in the international telex service

* Statistics and publications on international telegraph services
F.91 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   General statistics for the telegraph services
F.92 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Service codes
F.93 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Routing table for offices connected to the gentex service
F.95 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Table of international telex relations and traffic
F.96 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   List of destination indicators

* Scheduled and leased communication services, and phototelegraph service
F.100 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Scheduled radiocommunication service
F.104 (10/91) [New] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.91] [PN: F.651]
   International leased circuit services - customer circuit designations
F.105 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90] [PN: F.80]
   Operational provisions for phototelegrams
F.106 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90] [PN: F.80 bis]
   Operational provisions for private phototelegraph calls
F.107 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90] [PN: F.82]
   Rules for phototelegraph calls established over circuits normally used
   for telephone traffic
F.108 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90] [PN: F.85]
   Operating rules for international phototelegraph calls to multiple
   destinations

* Mobile services and multidestination satellite services
F.110 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Operational provisions for the maritime mobile service
   Note - Same as E.200

F.111 (03/91) [New] [2 pp.] [Publ.: May.91]
   Principles of service for mobile systems
F.112 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Quality objectives for 50-baud start-stop telegraph transmission in the
   maritime mobile-satellite service
F.113 (08/92) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.92]
   Service provisions for aeronautical passenger communications supported
   by mobile-satellite systems
F.115 (02/95) [New] [33 pp.] [Publ. sched.: Sep.95] [PN: F.fplmts]
   Service objectives and principles for future public land mobile
   telecommunication systems
   Note - C: 83/113/136
F.120 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Ship station identification for VHF/UHF and maritime mobile-satellite
   services
   Note - Same as E.210
F.122 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Operational procedures for the maritime satellite data transmission
   service
F.125 (08/93) [Rev.1] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Numbering plan for access to the mobile-satellite services of INMARSAT
   from the international telex service
   Note - C: 174/11/30
F.127 (08/92) [Rev.1] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.92]
   Operational procedures for interworking between the international telex
   service and the service offered by the INMARSAT-c system
F.130 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Maritime answer-back codes
F.131 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.4] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Radiotelex service codes
F.140 (1993) [Rev.1] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Point-to-multipoint telecommunication service via satellite
F.141 (06/94) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.95]
   International two-way multipoint telecommunication service via satellite
   Note - C: 34/63/80
F.150 (10/91) [New] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.91]
   Service and operational provision for the intex service

* Public facsimile service
F.160 (1993) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   General operational provisions for the international public facsimile
   services
F.162 (08/92) [Rev.1] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.92]
   Service and operational requirements of store-and-forward facsimile
   service
F.163 (08/92) [New] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.92]
   Operational requirements of the interconnection of facsimile
   store-and-forward units
F.170 (08/92) [Rev.1] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.92]
   Operational provisions for the international public facsimile service
   between public bureaux (bureaufax)
F.171 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.5] [Publ.: Dec.89]
   Operational provisions relating to the use of store-and-forward
   switching nodes within the bureaufax service
F.180 (1993) [Rev.1] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   General operational provisions for the international public facsimile
   service between subscribers' stations (telefax)
F.182 (1993) [Rev.1] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Operational provisions for the international public facsimile service

   between subscribers' stations with group 3 facsimile machines (telefax
   3)
F.184 (1993) [Rev.1] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Operational provisions for the international public facsimile service
   between subscriber stations with group 4 facsimile machines (telefax 4)
F.190 (08/92) [Rev.1] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.92]
   Operational provisions for the international facsimile service between
   public bureaux and subscriber stations and vice versa (bureaufax -
   telefax and vice versa)

* Teletex service
F.200 (08/92) [Rev.1] [26 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.93]
   Teletex service
F.201 (1993) [Rev.1] [12 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   Interworking between teletex service and telex service - General
   principles
   Note - Same as F.81
F.202 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.5] [Publ.: Dec.89]
   Interworking between the telex service and the teletex service - General
   procedures and operational requirements for the international
   interconnection of telex/teletex conversion facilities
F.203 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.5] [Publ.: Dec.89]
   Network based storage for the teletex service
F.220 (1993) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Service requirements unique to the processable mode number eleven (PM11)
   used within the teletex service
F.230 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.5] [Publ.: Dec.89]
   Service requirements unique to the mixed mode (MM) used within the
   teletex service

* Videotex service
F.300 (1993) [Rev.1] [30 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   Videotex service

* General
F.350 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.5] [Publ.: Dec.89]
   Application of Series T Recommendations
F.351 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.5] [Publ.: Dec.89]
   General principles on the presentation of terminal identification to
   users of the telematic services
F.353 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.5] [Publ.: Dec.89]
   Provision of telematic and data transmission services on integrated
   services digital network (ISDN)

* Message handling services
F.400 (08/92) [Rev.1] [80 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.93]
   Message handling services: Message handling system and service overview
   Note - Published as F.400/X.400
F.401 (08/92) [Rev.1] [19 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.93]
   Message handling services: Naming and addressing for public message
   handling services
F.410 (08/92) [Rev.1] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.93]
   Message handling services: The public message transfer service
F.415 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.6] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Message handling services: Intercommunication with public physical
   delivery services
   Note - Erratum in F.410 (08/92)
F.420 (08/92) [Rev.1] [14 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.93]
   Message handling services: The public interpersonal messaging service

F.421 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.6] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Message handling services: Intercommunication between the IPM service
   and the telex service
   Note - Same as F.85
F.422 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.6] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Message handling services: Intercommunication between the IPM service
   and the teletex service
F.423 (08/92) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.93]
   Message handling services: Intercommunication between the interpersonal
   messaging service and the telefax service
F.435 (03/91) [New] [47 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.91]
   Message handling: electronic data interchange messaging service
F.440 (08/92) [New] [32 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.93]
   Message handling services: The voice messaging service

* Directory services
F.500 (08/92) [Rev.1] [37 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.93]
   International public directory services

* Document communication
F.551 (1993) [New] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Service Recommendation for the telematic file transfer within telefax 3,
   telefax 4, teletex services and message handling services

* Programming communication interfaces
F.581 (1993) [New] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   Guidelines for programming communication interfaces (PCIs) definition:
   service Recommendation

* Data transmission services
F.600 (02/95) [Rev.2] [Publ. sched.: Sep.95]
   Service and operational principles for public data transmission services
   Note - C: 83/113/136

* Audiovisual service
F.701 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.5] [Publ.: Dec.89] [PN: F.710]
   Teleconference service
F.710 (03/91) [New] [12 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.91] [PN: F.711]
   General principles for audiographic conference service
   Note - Same as AV.110
F.711 (08/93) [New] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Audiographic conference teleservice for ISDN
   Note - Same as AV.111. C: 174/11/30
F.720 (08/92) [New] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.93]
   Videotelephony services - General
   Note - Same as AV.120
F.721 (08/92) [New] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.93]
   Videotelephony teleservice for ISDN
   Note - Same as AV.121
F.730 (08/92) [New] [14 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.93]
   Videoconference service - General
   Note - Same as AV.130
F.740 (08/93) [New] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Audiovisual interactive services
   Note - Same as AV.140. CL: 174/11/30
F.761 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. II.5] [Publ.: Dec.89] [PN: F.730]
   Service oriented requirements for telewriting applications


* ISDN services - General and broadband
F.811 (08/92) [New] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.93]
   Broadband connection-oriented bearer service
F.812 (08/92) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.93]
   Broadband connectionless data bearer service
F.813 (02/95) [New]
   Virtual path service for reserved and permanent communications
   Note - C: 83/113/136

* Universal personal telecommunication
F.850 (1993) [New] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Principles of universal personal telecommunication (UPT)
F.851 (02/95) [New] [18 pp.] [PN: F.supt]
   Universal Personal Telecommunications (UPT) - Service description
   (service set 1)
   Note - C: 83/113/136

* Human factors - General (not specific to telephone service)
F.901 (1993) [New] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Usability evaluation of telecommunication services
F.902 (02/95) [New]
   Interactive services design guidelines
   Note - C: 83/113/136
F.910 (02/95) [New]
   Procedures designing, evaluating and selecting symbols, pictograms and
   icons.
   Note - C: 83/113/136

** - Series G

* International telephone connections and international telephone circuits circuits - General
G.100 (1993) [Rev.1] [22 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Definitions used in Recommendations on general characteristics of
   international telephone connections and circuits
G.101 (1993) [Rev.1] [26 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   The transmission plan
G.102 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.1] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Transmission performance objectives and Recommendations
G.103 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.1] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Hypothetical reference connections
G.105 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.1] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Hypothetical reference connection for crosstalk studies

* Transmission quality for an entire international telephone connection
G.111 (1993) [Rev.1] [17 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Loudness ratings (LRs) in an international connection
G.113 (1993) [Rev.1] [21 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Transmission impairments
G.114 (1993) [Rev.1] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   One-way transmission time
G.117 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.1] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Transmission aspects of unbalance about earth (definitions and methods)

* National systems forming part of international connections
G.120 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.1] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Transmission characteristics of national networks
G.121 (1993) [Rev.1] [13 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Loudness ratings (LRs) of national systems
G.122 (1993) [Rev.1] [11 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]

   Influence of national systems on stability talker echo in international
   connections
G.123 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.1] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Circuit noise in national networks
G.125 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.1] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Characteristics of national circuits on carrier systems
G.126 (1993) [New] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Listener echo in telephone networks

* 4-wire chain formed by the international circuits and national extension circuits
G.131 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.1] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Stability and echo
G.132 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.1] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Attenuation distortion
G.133 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.1] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Group-delay distortion
G.134 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.1] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Linear crosstalk
G.135 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.1] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Error on the reconstituted frequency

* 4-wire chain of international circuits; international transit
G.141 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.1] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Attenuation distortion
G.142 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.1] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Transmission characteristics of exchanges
G.143 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.1] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Circuit noise and the use of compandors

* International telephone circuits and national extension circuits
G.151 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.1] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   General performance objectives applicable to all modern international
   circuits and national extension circuits
G.152 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.1] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   characteristics appropriate to long-distance circuits of a length not
   exceeding 2500 km
G.153 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.1] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Characteristics appropriate to international circuits more than 2500 km
   in length

* Apparatus associated with long-distance telephone circuits
G.162 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.1] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Characteristics of compandors for telephony
G.164 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.1] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Echo suppressors
G.165 (1993) [Rev.1] [27 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Echo cancellers
G.166 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.1] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Characteristics of syllabic compandors for telephony on high capacity
   long distance systems
G.167 (1993) [New] [16 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.94]
   Acoustic echo controllers

* Transmission plan aspects of special circuits and connections using the int. tel. connection network
G.171 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.1] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Transmission plan aspects of privately operated networks
G.172 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.1] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Transmission plan aspects of international conference calls
G.173 (1993) [New] [18 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]

   Transmission planning aspects of the speech service in digital public
   land mobile networks
G.174 (06/94) [New] [13 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95]
   Transmission performance objectives for terrestrial digital wireless
   systems using portable terminals to access the PSTN
   Note - C: 41/67/85

* Protection and restoration of transmission systems
G.180 (1993) [Rev.1] [12 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.94]
   Characteristics of N + M type direct transmission restoration systems
   for use on digital and analogue sections, links or equipment
G.181 (1993) [Rev.1] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   Characteristics of 1 + 1 type restoration systems for use on digital
   transmission links

* Software tools for transmission systems
G.191 (1993) [New] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   Software tools for speech and audio coding standardization

* Definitions and general considerations
G.211 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Make-up of a carrier link
G.212 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Hypothetical reference circuits for analogue systems
G.213 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Interconnection of systems in a main repeater station
G.214 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Line stability of cable systems
G.215 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Hypothetical reference circuit of 5000 km for analogue systems

* General Recommendations
G.221 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Overall recommendations relating to carrier-transmission systems
G.222 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Noise objectives for design of carrier-transmission systems of 2500 km
G.223 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Assumptions for the calculation of noise on hypothetical reference
   circuits for telephony
G.224 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Maximum permissible value for the absolute power level (power referred
   to one milliwatt) of a signalling pulse
   Note - Same as Q.16 (which was deleted)
G.225 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Recommendations relating to the accuracy of carrier frequencies
G.226 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Noise on a real link
G.227 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Conventional telephone signal
G.228 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Measurement of circuit noise in cable systems using a uniform-spectrum
   random noise loading
G.229 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Unwanted modulation and phase jitter

* Translating equipment used on various carrier-transmission systems
G.230 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Measuring methods for noise produced by modulating equipment and
   through-connection filters

G.231 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Arrangement of carrier equipment
G.232 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   12-channel terminal equipments
G.233 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Recommendations concerning translating equipments

* Utilization of groups, supergroups, etc.
G.241 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Pilots on groups, supergroups, etc.
G.242 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Through-connection of groups, supergroups, etc.
G.243 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Protection of pilots and additional measuring frequencies at points
   where there is a through-connection

* Carrier telephone systems on unloaded symmetric cable pairs, providing groups or supergroups
G.322 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   General characteristics recommended for systems on symmetric pair cables
G.325 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   General characteristics recommended for systems providing 12 telephone
   carrier circuits on a symmetric cable pair [(12 + 12) systems]

* Carrier systems on 2.6/9.5 mm coaxial cable pairs
G.332 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   12 MHz systems on standardized 2.6/9.5 mm coaxial cable pairs
G.333 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   60 MHz systems on standardized 2.6/9.5 mm coaxial cable pairs
G.334 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   18 MHz systems on standardized 2.6/9.5 mm coaxial cable pairs

* Carrier systems on 1.2/4.4 mm coaxial cable pairs
G.341 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   1.3 MHz systems on standardized 1.2/4.4 mm coaxial cable pairs
G.343 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   4 MHz systems on standardized 1.2/4.4 mm coaxial cable pairs
G.344 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   6 MHz systems on standardized 1.2/4.4 mm coaxial cable pairs
G.345 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   12 MHz systems on standardized 1.2/4.4 mm coaxial cable pairs
G.346 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   18 MHz systems on standardized 1.2/4.4 mm coaxial cable pairs

* Additional Recommendations on cable systems
G.352 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Interconnection of coaxial carrier systems of different designs

* General Recommendations
G.411 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Use of radio-relay systems for international telephone circuits

* Interconnection of radio-relay links with carrier systems on metallic lines
G.421 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Methods of interconnection
G.422 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Interconnection at audio-frequencies
G.423 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Interconnection at the baseband frequencies of frequency-division
   multiplex radio-relay systems


* Hypothetical reference circuits
G.431 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Hypothetical reference circuits for frequency-division multiplex
   radio-relay systems
* Circuit noise
G.441 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Permissible circuit noise on frequency-division multiplex radio-relay
   systems
G.442 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Radio-relay system design objectives for noise at the far end of a
   hypothetical reference circuit with reference to telegraphy transmission

* Radiotelephone circuits
G.451 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Use of radio links in international telephone circuits

* Links with mobile stations
G.473 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Interconnection of a maritime mobile satellite system with the
   international automatic switched telephone service
 transmission aspects

* Transmission media characteristics - General
G.601 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.3] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Terminology for cables
G.602 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.3] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Reliability and availability of analogue cable transmission systems and
   associated equipments

* Symmetric cable pairs
G.611 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.3] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Characteristics of symmetric cable pairs for analogue transmission
G.612 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.3] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Characteristics of symmetric cable pairs designed for the transmission
   of systems with bit rates of the order of 6 to 34 Mbit/s
G.613 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.3] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Characteristics of symmetric cable pairs usable wholly for the
   transmission of digital systems with a bit rate of up to 2 Mbits
G.614 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.3] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Characteristics of symmetric pair star-quad cables designed earlier for
   analogue transmission systems and being used now for digital system
   transmission at bit rates of 6 to 34 Mbit/s

* Land coaxial cable pairs
G.621 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.3] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Characteristics of 0.7/2.9 mm coaxial cable pairs
G.622 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.3] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Characteristics of 1.2/4.4 mm coaxial cable pairs
G.623 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.3] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Characteristics of 2.6/9.5 mm coaxial cable pairs

* Submarine cables
G.631 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.3] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Types of submarine cable to be used for systems with line frequencies of
   less than about 45 MHz

* Optical fibre cables
G.650 (1993) [New] [46 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Definition and test methods for the relevant parameters of single-mode

   fibres
G.651 (1993) [Rev.1] [31 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Characteristics of a 50/125 µm multimode graded index optical fibre
   cable
G.652 (1993) [Rev.1] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.94]
   Characteristics of a single-mode optical fibre cable
G.653 (1993) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   Characteristics of a dispersion-shifted single-mode optical fibre cable
G.654 (1993) [Rev.1] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Characteristics of a 1550 nm wavelength loss-minimized single-mode
   optical fibre cable
G.661 (1993) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   Definition and test methods for the relevant generic parameters of
   optical fibre amplifiers

* Digital transmission systems - Terminal equipments - General
G.701 (1993) [Rev.1] [37 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Vocabulary of digital transmission and multiplexing, and pulse code
   modulation (PCM) terms
G.702 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Digital hierarchy bit rates
G.703 (04/91) [Rev.1] [39 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.91]
   Physical/electrical characteristics of hierarchical digital interfaces
G.704 (04/91) [Rev.1] [32 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.91]
   Synchronous frame structures used at primary and secondary hierarchical
   levels
G.705 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Characteristics required to terminate digital links on a digital
   exchange
G.706 (04/91) [Rev.1] [16 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.91]
   Frame alignment and cyclic redundancy check (CRC) procedures relating to
   basic frame structures defined in Recommendation G.704
G.707 (1993) [Rev.2] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93]
   Synchronous digital hierarchy bit rates
G.708 (1993) [Rev.2] [16 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Network node interface for the synchronous digital hierarchy
G.709 (1993) [Rev.2] [53 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.93]
   Synchronous multiplexing structure

* Coding of analogue signals by pulse code modulation
G.711 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Pulse code modulation (PCM) of voice frequencies
G.712 (09/92) [Rev.1] [29 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.93]
   Transmission performance characteristics of pulse code modulation
   Note - Replaces G.713, G.714, G.715

* Coding of analogue signals by methods other than PCM
G.722 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   7 kHz audio-coding within 64 kbit/s
G.722 A (1993) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.94]
   Testing signal-to-total distortion ratio for 7 kHz audio-codecs at 64
   kbit/s Recommendation G.722 connected back-to-back
   Note - Annex to G.722
G.724 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Characteristics of a 48-channel low bit rate encoding primary multiplex
   operating at 1544 kbit/s
G.725 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   System aspects for the use of the 7 kHz audio codec within 64 kbit/s
   Note - Note for the Catalogue

G.726 (12/90) [New] [57 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.91] [PN: G.721 + G.723]
   40, 32, 24, 16 kbit/s adaptive differential pulse code modulation
   (ADPCM)
G.726 A (11/94) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jun.95]
   Extensions of Recommendation G.726 on 40, 32, 24, 16 kbit/s adaptive
   differential pulse code modulation for use with uniform-quantized input
   and output
   Note - C: 58/89/110 (Annex to G.726)
G.726 III (05/94) [New] [41 pp.] [Publ.: May.95]
   Appendix III to Recommendation G.726 - Comparison of ADPCM algorithms
   Note - Same as Appendix II to Rec. G.727
G.727 (12/90) [New] [55 pp.] [Publ.: May.91]
   5-, 4-, 3- and 2-bits/sample embedded adaptive differential pulse code
   modulation (ADPCM)
G.727 A (11/94) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jun.95]
   Extensions of Recommendation G.727 on 5-, 4-, 3- and 2-bits/sample
   embedded adaptive differential pulse code modulation for use with
   uniform-quantized input and output
   Note - C: 58/89/110 (Annex to G.727)
G.727 II (05/94) [New] [41 pp.] [Publ.: May.95]
   Appendix II to Recommendation G.727 - Comparison of ADPCM algorithms
   Note - Same as Appendix III to Rec. G.726
G.728 (09/92) [New] [63 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.92]
   Coding of speech at 16 kbit/s using low-delay code excited linear
   prediction
G.728 G (11/94) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jun.95]
   16 kbit/s fixed point specification
   Note - C: 58/89/110 (Annex to G.728)

* Principal characteristics of primary multiplex equipment
G.731 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Primary PCM multiplex equipment for voice frequencies
G.732 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Characteristics of primary PCM multiplex equipment operating at 2048
   kbit/s
G.733 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Characteristics of primary PCM multiplex equipment operating at 1544
   kbit/s
G.734 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Characteristics of synchronous digital multiplex equipment operating at
   1544 kbit/s
G.735 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Characteristics of primary PCM multiplex equipment operating at 2048
   kbit/s and offering synchronous digital access at 384 kbit/s and/or 64
   kbit/s
G.736 (1993) [Rev.1] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Characteristics of a synchronous digital multiplex equipment operating
   at 2048 kbit/s
G.737 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Characteristics of an external access equipment operating at 2048 kbit/s
   offering synchronous digital access at 384 kbit/s and/or 64 kbit/s
G.738 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Characteristics of primary PCM multiplex equipment operating at 2048
   kbit/s and offering synchronous digital access at 320 kbit/s and/or 64
   kbit/s
G.739 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Characteristics of an external access equipment operating at 2048 kbit/s
   offering synchronous digital access at 320 kbit/s and/or 64 kbit/s


* Principal characteristics of second order multiplex equipments
G.741 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   General considerations on second order multiplex equipments
G.742 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Second order digital multiplex equipment operating at 8448 kbit/s and
   using positive justification
G.743 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Second order digital multiplex equipment operating at 6312 kbit/s and
   using positive justification
G.744 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Second order PCM multiplex equipment operating at 8448 kbit/s
G.745 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Second order digital multiplex equipment operating at 8448 kbit/s and
   using positive/zero/negative justification
G.746 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Characteristics of second order PCM multiplex equipment operating at
   6312 kbit/s
G.747 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Second order digital multiplex equipment operating at 6312 kbit/s and
   multiplexing three tributaries at 2048 kbit/s

* Principal characteristics of higher order multiplex equipments
G.751 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Digital multiplex equipments operating at the third order bit rate of 34
   368 kbit/s and the fourth order bit rate of 139 264 kbit/s and using
   positive justification
G.752 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Characteristics of digital multiplex equipments based on a second order
   bit rate of 6312 kbit/s and using positive justification
G.753 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Third order digital multiplex equipment operating at 34 368 kbit/s and
   using positive/zero/negative justification
G.754 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Fourth order digital multiplex equipment operating at 139 264 kbit/s and
   using positive/zero/negative justification
G.755 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Digital multiplex equipment operating at 139 264 kbit/s and multiplexing
   three tributaries at 44 736 kbit/s

* Principal characteristics of transcoder and digital multiplication equipments
G.761 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   General characteristics of a 60-channel transcoder equipment
G.762 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   General characteristics of a 48-channel transcoder equipment
G.763 (01/94) [Rev.2] [369 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95]
   Digital circuit multiplication equipment using ADPCM (Recommendation
   G.726) and digital speech interpolation
   Note - C: 13/35/52
G.764 (12/90) [New] [21 pp.] [Publ.: May.91]
   Voice packetization - Packetized voice protocols
G.765 (09/92) [New] [111 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.93]
   Packet circuit multiplication equipment
G.766 (09/92) [New] [113 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.93]
   Facsimile demodulation/remodulation for digital circuit multiplication
   equipment

* Operations, administration and maintenance features of transmission equipment
G.772 (1993) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.94]
   Protected monitoring points provided on digital transmission systems

G.773 (1993) [Rev.1] [17 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.94]
   Protocol suites for Q-interfaces for management of transmission systems
G.774 (09/92) [New] [101 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.93]
   Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) management information model for the
   network element view
G.774.01 (11/94) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) performance monitoring for the
   network element view
   Note - C: 58/89/110
G.774.02 (11/94) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) configuration of the payload
   structure for the network element view
   Note - C: 58/89/110
G.774.03 (11/94) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) management of multiplex-section
   protection for the network element view
   Note - C: 58/89/110
G.775 (11/94) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Loss of signal (LOS) and alarm indication signal (AIS) defect detection
   and clerance criteria
   Note - C: 58/89/110

* Principal characteristics of multiplexing equipment for the synchronous digital hierarchy
G.780 (11/94) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Vocabulary of terms for synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) networks and
   equipment
   Note - C: 58/89/110
G.781 (01/94) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Structure of Recommendations on equipment for the synchronous digital
   hierarchy (SDH)
   Note - C: 13/35/52
G.782 (01/94) [Rev.1] [29 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95]
   Types and general characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH)
   equipment
   Note - C: 13/35/52
G.783 (01/94) [Rev.1] [75 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95]
   Characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) equipment
   functional blocks
   Note - C: 13/35/52
G.784 (01/94) [Rev.1] [33 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.95]
   Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) management
   Note - C: 13/35/52

* Other terminal equipments
G.791 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   General considerations on transmultiplexing equipments
G.792 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Characteristics common to all transmultiplexing equipments
G.793 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Characteristics of 60-channel transmultiplexing equipments
G.794 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Characteristics of 24-channel transmultiplexing equipments
G.795 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Jun.90]
   Characteristics of codecs for FDM assemblies
G.796 (09/92) [New] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.92]
   Characteristics of a 64 kbit/s cross-connect equipment with 2048 kbit/s
   access ports
G.797 (1993) [New] [34 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Characteristics of a flexible multiplexer in a plesiochronous digital

   hierarchy environment
* Digital networks - General aspects
G.801 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.5] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Digital transmission models
G.802 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.5] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Interworking between networks based on different digital hierarchies and
   speech encoding laws
G.803 (1993) [New] [57 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Architectures of transport networks based on the synchronous digital
   hierarchy (SDH)
G.804 (11/93) [New] [19 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.94]
   ATM cell mapping into plesiochronous digital hierarchy (PDH)
   Note - C: 9/28/45

* Design objectives for digital networks
G.810 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.5] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Considerations on timing and synchronization issues
G.811 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.5] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Timing requirements at the outputs of primary reference clocks suitable
   for plesichronous operation of international digital links
G.812 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.5] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Timing requirements at the outputs of slave clocks suitable for
   plesiochronous operation of international digital links

* Quality and availability targets
G.821 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.5] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Error performance of an international digital connection forming part of
   an integrated services digital network
G.822 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.5] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Controlled slip rate objectives on an international digital connection
G.823 (1993) [Rev.1] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   The control of jitter and wander within digital networks which are based
   on the 2048 kbit/s hierarchy
G.824 (1993) [Rev.1] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   The control of jitter and wander within digital networks which are based
   on the 1544 kbit/s hierarchy
G.825 (1993) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   The control of jitter and wander within digital networks which are based
   on the synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH)
G.826 (11/93) [New] [14 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Error performance parameters and objectives for international, constant
   bit rate digital paths at or above the primary rate
   Note - C: 9/28/45

* Network capabilities and functions
G.831 (1993) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Management capabilities of transport networks based on the synchronous
   digital hierarchy (SDH)
G.832 (11/93) [New] [13 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.94]
   Transport of SDH elements on PDH networks: Frame and multiplexing
   structures
   Note - C: 9/28/45

* Digital sections and digital line systems - General
G.901 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.5] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   General considerations on digital sections and digital line systems

* Parameters for optical fibre cables systems
G.911 (1993) [New] [30 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]

   Parameters and calculation methodologies for reliability and
   availability of fibre optic systems
* Digital sections at hierarchical bit rates based on bit rate of 2048 kbit/s
G.921 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.5] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Digital sections based on the 2048 kbit/s hierarchy
* Digital line transmission systems on cable at non-hierarchical bit rates
G.931 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.5] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Digital line sections at 3152 kbit/s

* Digital line systems provided by FDM transmission bearers
G.941 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.5] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Digital line systems provided by FDM transmission bearers

* Digital line systems
G.950 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.5] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   General considerations on digital line systems
G.951 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.5] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Digital line systems based on the 1544 kbit/s hierarchy on symmetric
   pair cables
G.952 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.5] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Digital line systems based on the 2048 kbit/s hierarchy on symmetric
   pair cables
G.953 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.5] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Digital line systems based on the 1544 kbit/s hierarchy on coaxial pair
   cables
G.954 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.5] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Digital line systems based on the 2048 kbit/s hierarchy on coaxial pair
   cables
G.955 (1993) [Rev.1] [15 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Digital line systems based on the 1544 kbit/s and the 2048 kbit/s
   hierarchy on optical fibre cables
G.957 (1993) [Rev.1] [25 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Optical interfaces for equipments and systems relating to the
   synchronous digital hierarchy
G.958 (11/94) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Digital line systems based on the synchronous digital hierarchy for use
   on optical fibre cables
   Note - C: 58/89/110

* Digital section and digital transmission systems for customer access to ISDN
G.960 (1993) [Rev.1] [32 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.93]
   Access digital section for ISDN basic rate access
G.961 (1993) [Rev.1] [134 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.94]
   Digital transmission system on metallic local lines for ISDN basic rate
   access
G.962 (1993) [New] [51 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Access digital section for ISDN primary rate at 2048 kbit/s
G.963 (1993) [New] [29 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Access digital section for ISDN primary rate at 1544 kbit/s
G.964 (07/94) [New] [165 pp.] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   V-Interfaces at the digital local exchange (LE) - V5.1-interface (based
   on 2048 kbit/s) for the support of access network (AN)
   Note - C: 42/68/88
G.965 (03/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Sep.95]
   V-Interfaces at the digital local exchange (LE) - V5.2 Interface (based
   on 2048 kbit/s) for the support of access network (AN)
   Note - C: 90/118/141


* Optical fibre submarine cable systems
G.971 (1993) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   General features of optical fibre submarine cable systems
G.972 (1993) [New] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   Definition of terms relevant to optical fibre submarine cable systems
G.974 (1993) [New] [15 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Characteristics of regenerative optical fibre submarine cable systems
G.981 (01/94) [New] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   PDH optical line systems for the local network
   Note - C: 13/35/52

** - Series H

* Characteristics of transmission channels used for other than telephone purposes
H.11 (1984) [Red Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Nov.85]
   Characteristics of circuits in the switched telephone network
H.12 (1984) [Red Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Nov.85]
   Characteristics of telephone-type leased circuits
H.13 (1984) [Red Book Fasc. IV.4] [Publ.: Nov.85]
   Characteristics of an impulsive noise measuring instrument for
   telephone-type circuits
   Note - Same as O.71
H.14 (1984) [Red Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Nov.85]
   Characteristics of group links for the transmission of wide-spectrum
   signals
H.15 (1984) [Red Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Nov.85]
   Characteristics of supergroup links for the transmission of
   wide-spectrum signals
H.16 (1984) [Red Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Nov.85]
   Characteristics of an impulsive-noise measuring instrument for wideband
   data transmission
   Note - Same as O.72

* Use of telephone-type circuits for voice-frequency telegraphy
H.21 (1984) [Red Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Nov.85]
   Composition and terminology of international voice-frequency telegraph
   systems
H.22 (1984) [Red Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Nov.85]
   Transmission requirements of international voice-frequency telegraph
   links (at 50, 100 and 200 bauds)
H.23 (1984) [Red Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Nov.85]
   Basic characteristics of telegraph equipments used in international
   voice-frequency telegraph systems

* Telephone circuits or cables used for various types of telegraph transmission or simulta. transm.
H.32 (1984) [Red Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Nov.85]
   Simultaneous communication by telephony and telegraphy on a
   telephone-type circuit
H.34 (1984) [Red Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Nov.85]
   Subdivision of the frequency band of a telephone-type circuit between
   telegraphy and other services

* Telephone-type circuits used for facsimile telegraphy
H.41 (1984) [Red Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Nov.85]
   Phototelegraph transmissions on telephone-type circuits
H.42 (1984) [Red Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Nov.85]
   Range of phototelegraph transmissions on a telephone-type circuit
H.43 (1984) [Red Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Nov.85]
   Document facsimile transmissions on leased telephone-type circuits


* Characteristics of data signals
H.51 (1984) [Red Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Nov.85]
   Power levels for data transmission over telephone lines
H.52 (1984) [Red Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Nov.85]
   Transmission of wide-spectrum signals (data, facsimile, etc.) on
   wideband group links
H.53 (1984) [Red Book Fasc. III.4] [Publ.: Nov.85]
   Transmission of wide-spectrum signals (data, etc.) over wideband
   supergroup links

* Characteristics of visual telephone systems
H.100 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Visual telephone systems
H.110 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Hypothetical reference connections for videoconferencing using primary
   digital group transmission
H.120 (1993) [Rev.1] [60 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Codecs for videoconferencing using primary digital group transmission
H.130 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Frame structures for use in the international interconnection of digital
   codecs for videoconferencing or visual telephony
H.140 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   A multipoint international videoconference system

* Infrastructure of audiovisual services
H.200 (1993) [Rev.1] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Framework for Recommendations for audiovisual services
H.221 (1993) [Rev.2] [28 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94] [PN: H.221 + H.222]
   Frame structure for a 64 to 1920 kbit/s channel in audiovisual
   teleservices
H.224 (11/94) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   A real time control protocol for simplex appplications using the H.221
   LSD/HSD/MLP channels
   Note - C: 58/89/110
H.230 (1993) [Rev.1] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.94]
   Frame-synchronous control and indication signals for audiovisual systems
H.231 (1993) [New] [12 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.94]
   Multipoint control units for audiovisual systems using digital channels
   up to 2 Mbit/s
H.233 (1993) [New] [11 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Confidentiality system for audiovisual services
H.234 (11/94) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jun.95]
   Encryption key management and authentication system for audiovisual
   services
   Note - C: 58/89/110
H.242 (1993) [Rev.1] [33 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   System for establishing communication between audiovisual terminals
   using digital channels up to 2 Mbit/s
H.243 (1993) [New] [23 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.94]
   Procedures for establishing communication between three or more
   audiovisual terminals using digital channels up to 2 Mbit/s
H.261 (1993) [Rev.2] [25 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.94]
   Video codec for audiovisual services at p x 64 kbit/s
H.281 (11/94) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jun.95]
   A far end camera control protocol for videoconferences using H.224
   Note - C: 58/89/100

* Systems and terminal equipment for audiovisual services
H.320 (1993) [Rev.1] [12 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]

   Narrow-band visual telephone systems and terminal equipment
H.331 (1993) [New] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.94]
   Broadcasting type audiovisual multipoint systems and terminal equipment

** - Series I

* ISDN - General structure - Terminology
I.112 (1993) [Rev.1] [16 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Vocabulary of terms for ISDNs
I.113 (11/93) [Rev.2] [24 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Vocabulary of terms for broadband aspects of ISDN
   Note - C: 9/28/45
I.114 (1993) [New] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Vocabulary of terms for universal personal telecommunication

* Description of ISDNs
I.120 (1993) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Integrated services digital networks (ISDNs)
I.121 (04/91) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.91]
   Broadband aspects of ISDN
I.122 (1993) [Rev.1] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Framework for frame mode bearer services

* General modelling methods
I.130 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Method for the characterization of telecommunication services supported
   by an ISDN and network capabilities of an ISDN

* Telecommunication network and service attributes
I.140 (1993) [Rev.1] [16 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   Attribute technique for the characterization of telecommunication
   services supported by an ISDN and network capabilities of an ISDN
I.141 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   ISDN network charging capabilities attributes

** - Series i

* General description of asynchronous transfer mode
i.150 (1993) [Rev.1] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   B-ISDN asynchronous transfer mode functional characteristics

** - Series I

* Service capabilities - Scope
I.200 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Guidance to the I.200-Series of Recommendations

* General aspects of services in ISDN
I.210 (1993) [Rev.1] [28 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.93]
   Principles of telecommunication services supported by an ISDN and the
   means to describe them
I.211 (1993) [Rev.1] [13 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   B-ISDN service aspects

* Common aspects of services in the ISDN
I.220 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Common dynamic description of basic telecommunication services
I.221 (1993) [Rev.1] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Common specific characteristics of services


* Bearer services supported by an ISDN
I.230 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Definition of bearer service categories
I.231 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Circuit-mode bearer service categories
I.231.1 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   64 kbit/s unrestricted, 8 kHz structured
I.231.2 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   64 kbit/s, 8kHz structured, usable for speech information transfer
I.231.3 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   64 kbit/s, 8kHz structured, usable for 3.1 kHz audio information
   transfer
I.231.4 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Alternate speech / 64 kbit/s unrestricted, 8 kHz structured
I.231.5 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   2 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted, 8 kHz structured
I.231.6 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   384 kbit/s unrestricted, 8 kHz structured
I.231.7 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   1536 kbit/s unrestricted, 8 kHz structured
I.231.8 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   1920 kbit/s unrestricted, 8 kHz structured
I.231.9 (1993) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.94]
   Circuit mode 64 kbit/s 8 kHz structured multi-use bearer service
   category
I.231.10 (08/92) [New] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.92]
   Circuit-mode multiple-rate unrestricted 8 kHz structured  bearer service
   category
I.232 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Packet-mode bearer services categories
I.232.1 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Virtual call and permanent virtual circuit
I.232.2 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Connectionless bearer service category
I.232.3 (1993) [Rev.1] [13 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   User signalling bearer service category (USBS)
I.233 (10/91) [New] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.92]
   Frame mode bearer services
I.233.1 (10/91) [New] [34 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.92]
   ISDN frame relaying bearer service
   Note - Published with I.233
I.233.2 (10/91) [New] [18 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.92]
   ISDN frame switching bearer service
   Note - Published with I.233

* Teleservices supported by an ISDN
I.240 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Definition of teleservices
I.241 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Teleservices supported by an ISDN
I.241.1 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Telephony
I.241.2 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Teletex
I.241.3 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Telefax 4
I.241.4 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Mixed mode
I.241.5 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]

   Videotex
I.241.6 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Telex
I.241.7 (1993) [New] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Telephony 7 kHz teleservice
* Supplementary services in ISDN
I.250 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Definition of supplementary services
I.251 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Number identification supplementary services
I.251.1 (08/92) [Rev.1] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.92]
   Direct-dialling-In
I.251.2 (08/92) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.92]
   Multiple Subscriber Number
I.251.3 (08/92) [Rev.1] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.92]
   calling Line Identification Presentation
I.251.4 (08/92) [Rev.1] [16 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.92]
   Calling Line Identification Restriction
I.251.5 (02/95) [Rev.1] [8 pp.] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Connected Line Identification Presentation (COLP)
   Note - C: 83/113/136
I.251.6 (02/95) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Connected Line Identification Restriction (COLR)
   Note - C: 83/113/136
I.251.7 (08/92) [Rev.1] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.92]
   Malicious call Identification
I.251.8 (08/92) [Rev.1] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.92]
   Sub-addressing supplementary service
I.252 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Call offering supplementary services
I.252.1 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Call Transfer (CT)
I.252.2 (08/92) [Rev.1] [15 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.92]
   Call Forwarding Busy
I.252.3 (08/92) [Rev.1] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.92]
   Call Forwarding No Reply
I.252.4 (08/92) [Rev.1] [11 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.92]
   Call Forwarding Unconditional
I.252.5 (08/92) [Rev.1] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.92]
   Call Deflection
I.252.6 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Line Hunting (LH)
I.253 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Call completion supplementary services
I.253.1 (07/90) [Rev.1] [12 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.90]
   Call waiting (CW) supplementary service
I.253.2 (08/92) [Rev.1] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.92]
   Call Hold
I.253.3 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Completion of calls to busy Subscribers (CCBS)
I.254 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Multiparty supplementary services
I.254.1 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Conference calling (CONF)
I.254.2 (08/92) [Rev.1] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.92]
   Three-Party Supplementary Service
I.255 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Community of interest supplementary services
I.255.1 (08/92) [Rev.1] [14 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.92]

   Closed User Group
I.255.2 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Private Numbering Plan (PNP)
I.255.3 (07/90) [New] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.90]
   Multi-level precedence and preemption service (MLPP)
I.255.4 (07/90) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.90]
   Priority service
I.255.5 (08/92) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.92]
   Outgoing call barring
I.256 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Charging supplementary services
I.256.1 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Credit card calling (CRED)
I.256.2 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   advice of charge (AOC)
I.256.2a (1993) [New] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Advice of charge: charging information at call set-up time (AOc-S)
I.256.2b (1993) [New] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Advice of charge: charging information during the call (AOc-D)
I.256.2c (1993) [New] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Advice of charge: charging information at the end of the call (AOc-E)
I.256.3 (08/92) [Rev.1] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.92]
   Reverse charging
I.257 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.7] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Additional information transfer
I.257.1 (08/92) [Rev.1] [16 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.92]
   User-to-User Signalling
I.258.2 (02/95) [New] [8 pp.] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   In-call modification (IM)
   Note - C: 83/113/136

* Network functional principles
I.310 (1993) [Rev.1] [18 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   ISDN - Network functional principles
I.311 (1993) [Rev.1] [37 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.93]
   B-ISDN general network aspects
I.312 (10/92) [New] [33 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.93]
   Principles of intelligent network architecture
   Note - Same as Q.1201

* Reference models
I.320 (11/93) [Rev.1] [15 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   ISDN protocol reference model
   Note - C: 9/28/45
I.321 (04/91) [New] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.91]
   B-ISDN protocol reference model and its application
I.324 (10/91) [Rev.1] [17 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.92]
   ISDN network architecture
I.325 (1993) [Rev.1] [13 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.93]
   Reference configurations for ISDN connection types
I.327 (1993) [Rev.1] [11 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   B-ISDN functional architecture
I.328 (10/92) [New] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.93]
   Intelligent network - Service plane architecture
   Note - Same as Q.1202
I.329 (10/92) [New] [12 pp.] [Publ.: May.93]
   Intelligent network - Global functional plane architecture
   Note - Same as Q.1203


* Numbering, addressing and routing
I.330 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.8] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   ISDN numbering and addressing principles
I.331 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.8] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   Numbering plan for the ISDN era
   Note - Same as E.164
I.333 (1993) [Rev.1] [32 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   Terminal selection in ISDN
I.334 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.8] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   Principles relating ISDN numbers/subaddresses to the OSI reference model
   network layer addresses
I.335 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.8] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   ISDN routing principles
   Note - Superseded by E.172

* Connection types
I.340 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.8] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   ISDN connection types

* Performance objectives
I.350 (1993) [Rev.1] [13 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   General aspects of quality of service and network performance in digital
   networks, including ISDNs
I.351 (1993) [Rev.1] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Relationships among ISDN performance Recommendations
I.352 (1993) [Rev.1] [19 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Network performance objectives for connection processing delays in an
   ISDN
I.353 (1993) [New] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93] [PN: I.35E]
   Reference events for defining ISDN performance parameters
I.354 (1993) [New] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Network performance objectives for packet-mode communication in an ISDN
I.355 (03/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   ISDN 64 kbit/s connection type availability performance
   Note - C: 90/118/141
I.356 (11/93) [New] [19 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95]
   B-ISDN ATM layer cell transfer performance
   Note - C: 9/28/45

* Protocol layer requirements
I.361 (1993) [Rev.1] [12 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   B-ISDN ATM layer specification
I.362 (1993) [Rev.1] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   B-ISDN ATM adaptation layer (AAL) functional description
I.363 (1993) [Rev.1] [68 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.94]
   B-ISDN ATM adaptation layer (AAL) specification
I.363 Add. (11/93) [Rev.2] [Publ.: May.94]
   B-ISDN ATM adaptation layer (AAL) specification
   Note - C: 9/28/45. Publ. with I.363
I.364 (1993) [New] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Support of broadband connectionless data service on B-ISDN
I.365.1 (11/93) [New] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Frame relaying service specific convergence sublayer (FR-SSCS)
   Note - C: 9/28/45

* General network requirements and functions
I.370 (10/91) [New] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.92]
   Congestion management for the ISDN frame relaying bearer service
I.371 (1993) [New] [26 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]

   Traffic control and congestion control in B-ISDN
I.372 (1993) [New] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Frame relaying bearer service network-to-netwrok interface requirements
I.373 (1993) [New] [16 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Network capabilities to support universal personal telecommunication
   (UPT)
I.374 (1993) [New] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Framework Recommendation on "network capabilities to support multimedia
   services"
I.376 (03/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   ISDN network capabilities for the support of teleaction service
   Note - C: 90/118/141

* General
I.410 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.8] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   General aspects and principles relating to Recommendations on ISDN
   user-network interfaces
I.411 (1993) [Rev.1] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   ISDN user-network interfaces - Reference configurations
I.412 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.8] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   ISDN user-network interfaces - Interface structures and access
   capabilities
I.413 (1993) [Rev.1] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.93]
   B-ISDN user-network interface
I.414 (1993) [New] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Overview of Recommendations on layer 1 for ISDN and B-ISDN customer
   accesses
I.420 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.8] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   Basic user-network interface
I.421 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.8] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   Primary rate user-network interface

* Layer 1 Recommendations
I.430 (1993) [Rev.1] [97 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Basic user-network interface - Layer 1 specification
I.431 (1993) [Rev.1] [39 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   Primary rate user-network interface - Layer 1 specification
I.432 (1993) [Rev.1] [36 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   B-ISDN user-network interface - Physical layer specification

* Layer 2 Recommendations
I.440 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.8] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   ISDN user-network interface data link layer - General aspects
   Note - Same as Q.920
I.441 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.8] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   ISDN user-network interface, data link layer specification
   Note - Same as Q.921

* Layer 3 Recommendations
I.450 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.8] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   ISDN user-network interface layer 3 - General aspects
   Note - Same as Q.930
I.451 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.8] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   ISDN user-network interface layer 3 specification for basic call control
   Note - Same as Q.931
I.452 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.8] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   Generic procedures for the control of ISDN supplementary services
   Note - Same as Q.932


* Multiplexing, rate adaption and support of existing interfaces
I.460 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.8] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   Multiplexing, rate adaption and support of existing interfaces
I.461 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.8] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   Support of X.21, X.21 bis and X.20 bis based data terminal equipments
   (DTES) by an integrated services digital network (ISDN)
   Note - Same as X.30
I.462 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.8] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   Support of packet mode terminal equipment by an ISDN
   Note - Same as X.31
I.463 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.8] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   Support of data terminal equipments (DTES) with V-series type interfaces
   by an integrated services digital network (ISDN)
   Note - Same as V.110
I.464 (10/91) [Rev.1] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.91]
   Multiplexing, rate adaption and support of existing interfaces for
   restricted 64 kbit/s transfer capability
I.465 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.8] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   Support by an ISDN of data terminal equipment with V-series type
   interfaces with provision for statistical multiplexing
   Note - Same as V.120

* Aspects of ISDN affecting terminal requirements
I.470 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.8] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   Relationship of terminal functions to ISDN

* Internetwork interfaces
I.500 (1993) [Rev.1] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.93]
   General structure of the ISDN interworking Recommendations
I.501 (1993) [New] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Service interworking
I.510 (1993) [Rev.1] [12 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.93]
   Definitions and general principles for ISDN interworking
I.511 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.9] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   ISDN-to-ISDN layer 1 internetwork interface
I.515 (1993) [Rev.1] [15 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   Parameter exchange for ISDN interworking
I.520 (1993) [Rev.1] [12 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.93]
   General arrangements for network interworking between ISDNs
I.525 (1993) [New] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Interworking between ISDN and networks which operate at bit rates of
   less than 64 kbit/s
I.530 (1993) [Rev.1] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.93]
   Network interworking between an ISDN and a public switched telephone
   network (PSTN)
I.540 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.9] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   General arrangements for interworking between circuit switched public
   data networks (CSPDNs) and integrated services digital networks (ISDNs)
   for the provision of data transmission
   Note - Same as X.321
I.550 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.9] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   General arrangements for interworking between packet switched public
   data networks (PSPDNs) and integrated services digital networks (ISDNs)
   for the provision of data transmission
   Note - Same as X.325
I.555 (11/93) [New] [21 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Frame relaying bearer service interworking
   Note - C: 9/28/45
I.560 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.9] [Publ.: Jul.89]

   Requirements to be met in providing the telex service within the ISDN
   Note - Same as U.202
I.570 (1993) [New] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Public/private ISDN interworking
I.580 (1993) [New] [21 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   General arrangements for interworking between B-ISDN and 64 kbit/s based
   ISDN

* Maintenance principles
I.601 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.9] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   General maintenance principles of ISDN subscriber access and subscriber
   installation
I.610 (1993) [Rev.1] [23 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   B-ISDN operation and maintenance principles and functions

** - Series J

* General Recommendations concerning sound-programme transmissions
J.11 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90] [PN: CMTT.502]
   Hypothetical reference circuits for sound-programme transmissions
J.12 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Types of sound-programme circuits established over the international
   telephone network
J.13 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Definitions for international sound-programme circuits
J.14 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Relative levels and impedances on an international sound-programme
   connection
J.15 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Lining-up and monitoring an international sound-programme connection
J.16 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Measurement of weighted noise in sound-programme circuits
J.17 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Pre-emphasis used on sound-programme circuits
J.18 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Crosstalk in sound-programme circuits set up on carrier systems
J.19 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90] [PN: CMTT.571]
   A conventional test signal simulating sound-programme signals for
   measuring interference in other channels

* Performance characteristics of sound-programme circuits
J.21 (08/94) [Rev.1] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.95] [PN: CMTT.505]
   Performance characteristics of 15 kHz-type sound-programme circuits -
   Circuits for high quality monophonic and stereophonic transmissions
   Note - C: 55/79/103
J.23 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90] [PN: CMTT.503]
   Performance characteristics of 7 kHz type (narrow-bandwidth)
   sound-programme circuits

** - Series C

* Performance characteristics of sound-programme circuits
CMTT.474 (  /  ) [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Modulation of signals carried by sound-program circuits by interfering
   signals from power supply sources
   Note - Former ITU-R CMTT publication
CMTT.605 (  /  ) [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Estimation of transmission performance of sound-program circuits shorter
   or longer than the hypothetical reference circuit

   Note - Former ITU-R CMTT publication
CMTT.645 (  /  ) [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Test signals to be used on international sound-program connections
   Note - Former ITU-R CMTT publication
CMTT.661 (  /  ) [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Signals for the alignment of international sound-program connections
   Note - Former ITU-R CMTT publication

** - Series J

* Characteristics of equipments and lines used for setting up sound-programme circuits
J.31 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Characteristics of equipment and lines used for setting up 15 kHz type
   sound-programme circuits
J.33 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Characteristics of equipment and lines used for setting up 6.4 kHz type
   sound-programme circuits
J.34 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Characteristics of equipment used for setting up 7 kHz type
   sound-programme circuits

* Characteristics of equipments for coding analogue sound-programme signals
J.41 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Characteristics of equipment for the coding of analogue high quality
   sound programme signals for transmission on 384 kbit/s channels
J.42 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Characteristics of equipment for the coding of analogue medium quality
   sound-programme signals for transmission on 384-kbit/s channels
J.43 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Characteristics of equipment for the coding of analogue high quality
   sound programme signals for transmission on 320 kbit/s channels
J.44 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Characteristics of equipment for the coding of analogue medium quality
   sound-programme signals for transmission on 320 kbit/s channels

* Digital transmission of sound-programme signals
J.51 (08/94) [Rev.1] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.95] [PN: CMTT.659]
   General principles and user requirements for the digital transmission of
   high quality sound programmes
   Note - C: 55/79/103
J.52 (08/94) [New] [30 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.95]
   Digital transmission of high-quality sound-programme signals using one,
   two or three 64 kbit/s channels per mono signal (and up to six per
   stereo signal)
   Note - C: 55/79/104

** - Series C

* Digital transmission of sound-programme signals
CMTT.606 (  /  ) [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Sampling frequency to be used for the digital transmission of
   high-quality sound-programme signals
   Note - Former ITU-R CMTT publication
CMTT.660 (  /  ) [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Transmission of analogue high-quality sound-programme signals on mixed
   analogue-and-digital circuits using 384 kbit/s channels
   Note - Former ITU-R CMTT publication
CMTT.718 (  /  ) [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Digital transmission of high-quality sound-programme signals on

   distribution circuits using 480 kbit/s (496 kbit/s) per audio channel
   Note - Former ITU-R CMTT publication
CMTT.719 (  /  ) [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Transmission of high-quality sound-programme analogue signals over mixed
   analogue/digital circuits at 320 kbit/s
   Note - Former ITU-R CMTT publication
CMTT.724 (  /  ) [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Transmission of digital studio quality sound signals over H1 channels
   Note - Former ITU-R CMTT publication

** - Series J

* Characteristics of circuits for television transmissions
J.61 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90] [PN: CMTT.567]
   Transmission performance of television circuits designed for use in
   international connections
J.62 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90] [PN: CMTT.568]
   Single value of the signal-to-noise ratio for all television systems
J.63 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90] [PN: CMTT.473]
   Insertion of test signals in the field-blanking interval of monochrome
   and colour television signals
J.64 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90] [PN: CMTT.569]
   Definitions of parameters for simplified automatic measurement of
   television insertion test signals
J.65 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90] [PN: CMTT.570]
   Standard test signal for conventional loading of a television channel
J.66 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90] [PN: CMTT.572]
   Transmission of one sound programme associated with analogue television
   signal by means of time division multiplex in the line synchronizing
   pulse
J.67 (08/94) [Rev.1] [34 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.95] [PN: CMTT.772]
   Test signals and measurement techniques for transmission circuits
   carrying MAC/packet signals or HD-MAC signals
   Note - C: 55/79/103

** - Series C

* Characteristics of circuits for television transmissions
CMTT.603 (  /  ) [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Hypothetical reference chain for television transmissions over very long
   distances
   Note - Former ITU-R CMTT publication

** - Series J

* Systems for television transmission over metallic lines and interconnection with radio-relay links
J.73 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Use of a 12-MHz system for the simultaneous transmission of telephony
   and television
J.74 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Methods for measuring the transmission characteristics of translating
   equipments
J.75 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Interconnection of systems for television transmission on coaxial pairs
   and on radio-relay links
J.77 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. III.6] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Characteristics of the television signals transmitted over 18 MHz and
   60-MHz systems


* Digital transmission of television signals
J.80 (09/93) [Rev.1] [15 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.95] [PN: CMTT.721]
   Transmission of component-coded digital television signals for
   contribution-quality applications at bit rates near 140 Mbit/s
J.81 (09/93) [Rev.1] [66 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.95] [PN: CMTT.723]
   Transmission of component-coded digital television signals for
   contribution-quality applications at the third hierarchical level of
   ITU-T Recommendation G.702
   Note - Former ITU-R CMTT.723

** - Series C

* Digital transmission of television signals
CMTT.604 (  /  ) [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Digital television transmission over long distances - General principles
   Note - Former ITU-R CMTT publication
CMTT.658 (  /  ) [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Mixed analogue-and-digital transmission of analogue composite television
   signals over long distances
   Note - Former ITU-R CMTT publication

** - Series J

* Specific Recommendations for television transmission
J.91 (08/94) [New] [17 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.95]
   Technical methods for ensuring privacy in long-distance international
   television transmission
   Note - C: 55/79/103

** - Series C

* Transmission of signals with multiplexing of video, sound and data, and signals of new systems
CMTT.717 (  /  ) [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Tolerances for transmission time differences between the vision and
   sound components of a television signal
   Note - Former ITU-R CMTT publication
CMTT.720 (  /  ) [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Measurement methods and test procedures for teletext signals
   Note - Former ITU-R CMTT publication

** - Series K

* Protection against interference
K.1 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Connection to earth of an audio-frequency telephone line in cable
K.2 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Protection of repeater power-feeding systems against interference from
   neighbouring electricity lines
K.3 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Interference caused by audio-frequency signals injected into a power
   distribution network
K.4 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Disturbance to signalling
K.5 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Joint use of poles for electricity distribution and for
   telecommunications
K.6 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Precautions at crossings
K.7 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]

   Protection against acoustic shock
K.8 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Separation in the soil between telecommunication cables and earthing
   system of power facilities
K.9 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Protection of telecommunication staff and plant against a large earth
   potential due to a neighbouring electric traction line
K.10 (1993) [Rev.1] [14 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Unbalance about earth of telecommunication installations
K.11 (10/93) [Rev.3] [11 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Principles of protection against overvoltages and overcurrents
   Note - C: 6/17/32
K.12 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Characteristics of gas discharge tubes for the protection of
   telecommunications installations
K.13 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Induced voltages in cables with plastic-insulated conductors
K.14 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Provision of a metallic screen in plastic-sheathed cables
K.15 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Protection of remote-feeding systems and line repeaters against
   lightning and interference from neighbouring electricity lines
K.16 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Simplified calculation method for estimating the effect of magnetic
   induction from power lines on remote-fed repeaters in coaxial pair
   telecommunication systems
K.17 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Tests on power-fed repeaters using solid-state devices in order to check
   the arrangements for protection from external interference
K.18 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Calculation of voltage induced into telecommunication lines from radio
   station broadcasts and methods of reducing interference
K.19 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Joint use of trenches and tunnels for telecommunication and power cables
K.20 (1993) [Rev.2] [11 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Resistibility of telecommunication switching equipment to overvoltages
   and overcurrents
K.21 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Resistibility of subscribers' terminals to overvoltages and overcurrents
K.22 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Overvoltage resistibility of equipment connected to an ISDN T/S bus
K.23 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Types of induced noise and description of noise voltage parameters for
   ISDN basic user networks
K.24 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Method for measuring radio-frequency induced noise on telecommunications
   pairs
K.25 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Lightning protection of optical fibre cables
K.26 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Protection of telecommunication lines against harmful effects from
   electric power and electrified railway lines
K.27 (03/91) [New] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.91]
   Bonding configurations and earthing inside a telecommunication building
K.28 (1993) [Rev.1] [11 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Characteristics of semi-conductor arrester assemblies for the protection
   of telecommunications installations
K.29 (01/92) [New] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.92]
   Coordinated protection schemes for telecommunications cables below

   ground
K.30 (1993) [New] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Positive temperature coefficient (PTc) thermistors
K.31 (1993) [New] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Bonding configurations and earthing of telecommunication installations
   inside a subscriber's building

** - Series L

* Construction, installation and protection of cables and other elements of outside plant
L.1 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Construction, installation and protection of telecommunication cables in
   public networks
L.2 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Impregnation of wooden poles
L.3 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Armouring of cables
L.4 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Aluminium cable sheaths
L.5 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Cable sheaths made of metals other than lead or aluminium
L.6 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Methods of keeping cables under gas pressure
L.7 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Application of joint cathodic protection
L.8 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Corrosion caused by alternating current
L.9 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Methods of terminating metallic cable conductors
L.10 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Optical fibre cables for duct, tunnel, aerial and buried application
L.11 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IX] [Publ.: Mar.90]
   Joint use of tunnels by pipelines and telecommunication cables, and the
   standardization of underground duct plans
L.12 (07/92) [New] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.92]
   Optical fibre joints
L.13 (07/92) [New] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.92]
   Sheath joints and organizers of optical fibre cables in the outside
   plant
L.14 (07/92) [New] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.92]
   Measurement method to determine the tensile performance of optical fibre
   cables under load
L.15 (1993) [New] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.94]
   Optical local distribution networks - Factors to be considered for their
   construction
L.16 (1993) [New] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Conductive plastic material (CPM) as protective covering for metal cable
   sheaths

** - Series M

* Introduction and general principles of maintenance and maintenance organization
M.10 (10/92) [New] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93]
   Scope and application of Recommendations for maintenance of
   telecommunication networks and services
   Note - (New text)
M.15 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Maintenance considerations for new systems
M.20 (10/92) [Rev.1] [21 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]

   Maintenance philosophy for telecommunications networks
M.21 (10/92) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]
   Maintenance philosophy for telecommunication services
M.32 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Principles for using alarm information for maintenance of international
   transmission systems and equipment
M.34 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Performance monitoring on international transmission systems and
   equipment
M.35 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Principles concerning line-up and maintenance limits
M.50 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Use of telecommunication terms for maintenance
M.60 (1993) [Rev.1] [64 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94] [PN: M.300 + M.60]
   Maintenance terminology and definitions
M.70 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Guiding principles on the general maintenance organization for
   telephone-type international circuits
M.75 (10/92) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   Technical service
M.80 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Control stations
M.85 (10/92) [New] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]
   Fault report points
M.90 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Sub-control stations
M.100 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Service circuits
M.110 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Circuit testing
M.120 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Access points for maintenance
M.125 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Digital loopback mechanisms
M.160 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Stability of transmission

* International transmission systems (analogue)
M.320 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Numbering of the channels in a group
M.330 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Numbering of groups within a supergroup
M.340 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Numbering of supergroups within a mastergroup
M.350 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Numbering of mastergroups within a supermastergroup
M.380 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Numbering in coaxial systems
M.390 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Numbering in systems on symmetric pair cable
M.400 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Numbering in radio-relay links or open-wire line systems
M.410 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90] [FN: M.2010]
   Numbering of digital blocks in transmission systems
M.450 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Bringing a new international transmission system into service
M.460 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   bringing international group, supergroup, etc., links into service
M.470 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]

   Setting up and lining up analogue channels for international
   telecommunication services
M.475 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Setting up and lining up mixed analogue/digital channels for
   international telecommunication services
M.495 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90] [FN: M.2310]
   Transmission restoration and transmission route diversity: Terminology
   and general principles
M.496 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90] [FN: M.2320]
   Functional organization for automatic transmission restoration
M.500 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Routine maintenance measurements to be made on regulated line sections
M.510 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Readjustment to the nominal value of a regulated line section (on a
   symmetric pair line, a coaxial line or a radio-relay link)
M.520 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Routine maintenance on international group, supergroup, etc., links
M.525 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Automatic maintenance procedures for international group, supergroup,
   etc., links
M.530 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Readjustment to the nominal value of an international group, supergroup,
   etc., link
M.535 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Special maintenance procedures for multiple destination, unidirectional
   (MU) group and supergroup links
M.540 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Routine maintenance of carrier and pilot generating equipment
M.556 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Setting up and initial testing of digital channels on an international
   digital path or block

* International telephone circuits
M.560 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   International telephone circuits - Principles, definitions and relative
   transmission levels
M.562 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Types of circuit and circuit section
M.565 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Access points for international telephone circuits
M.570 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Constitution of the circuit
 preliminary exchange of information
M.580 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Setting up and lining up an international circuit for public telephony
M.585 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Bringing an international digital circuit into service
M.590 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Setting up and lining up a circuit fitted with a compandor
M.600 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Organization of routine maintenance measurements on circuits
M.605 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Routine maintenance schedule for international public telephony circuits
M.610 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Periodicity of maintenance measurements on circuits
M.620 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Methods for carrying out routine measurements on circuits
M.630 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Maintenance of circuits using control chart methods

M.650 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Routine line measurements to be made on the line repeaters of
   audio-frequency sections or circuits
M.660 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Periodical in-station tests of echo suppressors complying with
   Recommendations G.161 and G.164
M.665 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Testing of echo cancellers
M.670 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Maintenance of a circuit fitted with a compandor
M.675 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Lining up and maintaining international demand assignment circuits
   (SPADE)
M.710 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   General maintenance organization for the international automatic and
   semi-automatic telephone service
M.715 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Fault report point (circuit)
M.716 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Fault report point (network)
M.717 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Testing point (transmission)
M.718 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Testing point (line signalling)
M.719 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Testing point (switching and interregister signalling)
M.720 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Network analysis point
M.721 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   System availability information point
M.722 (1980) [Yellow Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Jul.81]
   Network management point
M.723 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Circuit control station
M.724 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Circuit sub-control station
M.725 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Restoration control point
M.726 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Maintenance organization for the wholly digital international automatic
   and semi-automatic telephone service
M.729 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Organization of the maintenance of international public switched
   telephone circuits used for data transmission
M.730 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Maintenance methods
M.731 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Subjective testing
M.732 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Signalling and switching routine maintenance tests and measurements
M.733 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Transmission routine maintenance measurements on automatic and
   semi-automatic telephone circuits
M.734 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Exchange of information on incoming test facilities at international
   switching centres

* Common channel signalling systems
M.760 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90] [FN: M.4020]

   Transfer link for common channel Signalling System No. 6
M.762 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.1] [Publ.: Feb.90] [FN: M.4040]
   Maintenance of common channel Signalling System No. 6
* International telegraph systems and phototelegraph transmission
M.800 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.2] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Use of circuits for voice-frequency telegraphy
M.810 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.2] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Setting up and lining up an international voice-frequency telegraph link
   for public telegraph circuits (for 50, 100 and 200 baud modulation
   rates)
M.820 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.2] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Periodicity of routine tests on international voice-frequency telegraph
   links
M.830 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.2] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Routine measurements to be made on international voice-frequency
   telegraph links
M.850 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.2] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   International time division multiplex (TDM) telegraph systems
M.880 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.2] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   International phototelegraph transmission

* International leased group and supergroup links
M.900 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.2] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Use of leased group and supergroup links for wide-spectrum signal
   transmission (data, facsimile, etc.)
M.910 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.2] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Setting up and lining up an international leased group link for
   wide-spectrum signal transmission

* International leased circuits
M.1010 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.2] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Constitution and nomenclature of international leased circuits
M.1012 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.2] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Circuit control station for leased and special circuits
M.1013 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.2] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Sub-control station for leased and special circuits
M.1014 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.2] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Transmission maintenance point (international line) (TMP-IL)
M.1015 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.2] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Types of transmission on leased circuits
M.1016 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.2] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Assessment of the service availability performance of international
   leased circuits
M.1020 (1993) [Rev.1] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Characteristics of special quality international leased circuits with
   special bandwidth conditioning
M.1025 (1993) [Rev.1] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Characteristics of special quality international leased circuits with
   basic bandwidth conditioning
M.1030 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.2] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Characteristics of ordinary quality international leased circuits
   forming part of private switched telephone networks
M.1040 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.2] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Characteristics of ordinary quality international leased circuits
M.1045 (1993) [Rev.1] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.94]
   Preliminary exchange of information for the provision of international
   leased circuits
M.1050 (1993) [Rev.1] [11 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Lining up an international point-to-point leased circuit

M.1055 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.2] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Lining up an international multiterminal leased circuit
M.1060 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.2] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Maintenance of international leased circuits
* Mobile telecommunication systems and services
M.1130 (10/92) [New] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   General definitions and general principles of operation/maintenance
   procedures to be used in satellite mobile systems
M.1140 (10/92) [Rev.1] [12 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]
   Maritime mobile telecommunication services via satellite
   Note - Replaces M.1100+M.1110+M.1120
M.1150 (10/92) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   Maritime mobile telecommunication store-and-forward services (packet
   mode) via satellite
M.1160 (10/92) [New] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   Aeronautical mobile telecommunication service via satellite

* International public telephone network maintenance
M.1230 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.2] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Assessment of the performance of the international telephone network
M.1235 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.2] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Use of automatically generated test calls for assessment of network
   performance

* International data transmission systems
M.1300 (10/92) [Rev.1] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]
   International data transmission systems operating in the range 2.4
   kbit/s to 2048 kbit/s
M.1320 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.2] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Numbering of channels in data transmission systems
M.1340 (1993) [New] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Performance allocations and limits for international data transmission
   links and systems
M.1350 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.2] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Setting up, lining up and characteristics of international data
   transmission systems operating in the range 2.4 kbit/s to 14.4 kbit/s
M.1355 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.2] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Maintenance of international data transmission systems operating in the
   range 2.4 to 14.4 kbit/s
M.1370 (1993) [Rev.1] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Bringing-into-service of international data transmission systems
M.1375 (1993) [Rev.1] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Maintenance of international data transmission systems
M.1380 (1993) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   bringing-into-service of international leased circuits that are
   supported by international data transmission systems
M.1385 (1993) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Maintenance of international leased circuits that are supported by
   international data transmission systems

* Designations and information exchange
M.1400 (10/92) [Rev.1] [68 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93] [PN: M.140]
   Designations for international networks
M.1510 (10/92) [Rev.1] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93] [PN: M.93]
   Exchange of contact point information for the maintenance of
   international services and the international network
M.1520 (10/92) [New] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93]
   Standardized information exchange between Administrations
M.1530 (10/92) [Rev.1] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93] [PN: M.1220]

   Network maintenance information
M.1540 (10/94) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jun.95] [PN: M.490]
   Exchange of information for planned outages of transmission systems
   Note - C: 64/91/107
M.1550 (10/92) [Rev.1] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93] [PN: M.711]
   Escalation procedure
M.1560 (10/92) [New] [11 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93]
   Escalation procedure for international leased circuits

* International transport network
M.2100 (10/92) [Rev.1] [32 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93] [PN: M.550]
   Performance limits for bringing-into-service and maintenance of
   international digital paths, sections and transmission systems
M.2110 (10/92) [Rev.1] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93] [PN: M.555]
   bringing into service international digital paths, sections and
   transmission systems
M.2120 (10/92) [New] [11 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]
   Digital path, section and transmission system fault detection and
   localization procedures
M.2130 (10/92) [Rev.1] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93] [PN: M.130]
   Operational procedures in locating and clearing transmission faults

* Telecommunication management network
M.3000 (10/94) [New]
   Overview of TMN Recommendations
   Note - C: 64/91/107
M.3010 (10/92) [Rev.1] [64 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93] [PN: M.30]
   Principles for a telecommunications management network
M.3020 (10/92) [Rev.1] [11 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]
   TMN interface specification methodology
M.3100 (10/92) [New] [85 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Generic network information model
M.3180 (10/92) [New] [16 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.93]
   Catalogue of TMN management information
M.3200 (10/92) [New] [28 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   TMN management services: overview
M.3300 (10/92) [New] [11 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93] [PN: M.250 + M.251]
   TMN management facilities presented at the F interface
M.3400 (10/92) [New] [24 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.93]
   TMN management functions

* Integrated services digital networks
M.3600 (10/92) [Rev.1] [20 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93] [PN: M.36]
   Principles for the management of ISDNs
M.3602 (10/92) [Rev.1] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93] [PN: I.602]
   Application of maintenance principles to ISDN subscriber installations
M.3603 (10/92) [Rev.1] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93] [PN: I.603]
   Application of maintenance principles to ISDN basic rate access
M.3604 (10/92) [Rev.1] [17 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93] [PN: I.604]
   Application of maintenance principles to ISDN primary rate access
M.3605 (10/92) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93] [PN: I.605]
   Application of maintenance principles to static multiplexed ISDN basic
   rate access
M.3620 (10/92) [New] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]
   Principles for the use of ISDN test calls, systems and responders
M.3640 (10/92) [New] [21 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Management of the D-channel - Data link layer and network layer
M.3641 (10/94) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jun.95]
   Management information model for the management of the data link and

   network layer of the ISDN D-channel
   Note - C: 64/91/
M.3660 (10/92) [New] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93]
   ISDN interface management services
* Common channel signalling systems
M.4010 (10/92) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93] [PN: M.750]
   Inter-Administration agreements on common channel Signalling System No.
   6
M.4030 (10/92) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93] [PN: M.761]
   Transmission characteristics for setting up and lining up a transfer
   link for common channel Signalling System No. 6 (analogue version)
M.4100 (1993) [Rev.1] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94] [PN: M.782]
   Maintenance of common channel Signalling System No. 7
M.4110 (10/92) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93] [PN: M.770]
   Inter-Administration agreements on common channel Signalling System No.
   7

** - Series N

* International sound-programme transmission
N.1 (1993) [Rev.1] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Definitions for application to international sound-programme and
   television-sound transmission
N.2 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.3] [Publ.: May.90]
   Different types of sound-programme circuit
N.3 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.3] [Publ.: May.90]
   Control circuits
N.4 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.3] [Publ.: May.90]
   Definition and duration of the line-up period and the preparatory period
N.5 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.3] [Publ.: May.90]
   Sound-programme control, sub-control and send reference stations
N.10 (1993) [Rev.1] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   Limits for the lining-up of international sound-programme links and
   connections
N.11 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.3] [Publ.: May.90]
   Essential transmission performance objectives for international
   sound-programme centres (ISPC)
N.12 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.3] [Publ.: May.90]
   Measurements to be made during the line-up period that precedes a
   sound-programme transmission
N.13 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.3] [Publ.: May.90]
   Measurements to be made by the broadcasting organizations during the
   preparatory period
N.15 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.3] [Publ.: May.90]
   Maximum permissible power during an international sound-programme
   transmission
N.16 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.3] [Publ.: May.90]
   Identification signal
N.17 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.3] [Publ.: May.90]
   Monitoring the transmission
N.18 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.3] [Publ.: May.90]
   Monitoring for charging purposes, releasing
N.21 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.3] [Publ.: May.90]
   Limits and procedures for the lining-up of a sound-programme circuit
N.23 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.3] [Publ.: May.90]
   Maintenance measurements to be made on international sound-programme
   circuits


* International television transmission
N.51 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.3] [Publ.: May.90]
   Definitions for application to international television transmissions
N.52 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.3] [Publ.: May.90]
   Multiple destination television transmissions and coordination centres
N.54 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.3] [Publ.: May.90]
   Definition and duration of the line-up period and the preparatory period
N.55 (1993) [Rev.1] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Organization, responsibilities and functions of control and sub-control
   international television centres and control and sub-control stations
   for international television connections, links, circuits and circuit
   sections
N.60 (1993) [Rev.1] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Nominal amplitude of video signals at video interconnection points
N.61 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.3] [Publ.: May.90]
   Measurements to be made before the line-up period that precedes a
   television transmission
N.62 (1993) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Tests to be made during the line-up period that precedes a television
   transmission
N.63 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.3] [Publ.: May.90]
   Test signals to be used by the broadcasting organizations during the
   preparatory period
N.64 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.3] [Publ.: May.90]
   Quality and impairment assessment
N.67 (1993) [Rev.1] [12 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Monitoring television transmissions - Use of the field blanking interval
N.73 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.3] [Publ.: May.90]
   Maintenance of permanent international television circuits, links and
   connections

* International videoconference transmission
N.81 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.3] [Publ.: May.90]
   Definition for application to international videoconference
   transmissions
N.86 (1993) [Rev.1] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Line-up and service commissioning of international videoconference
   systems operating at transmission bit rates of 1544 and 2048 kbit/s
N.90 (1993) [Rev.1] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Maintenance of international videoconference systems operating at
   transmission bit rates of 1544 and 2048 kbit/s

** - Series O

* Specifications for measuring equipment - General
O.1 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.4] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Scope and application of Series O Recommendations
O.3 (10/92) [Rev.1] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]
   Climatic conditions and relevant tests for measuring equipment
O.6 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.4] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   1020 Hz reference test frequency
O.9 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.4] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Measuring arrangements to assess the degree of unbalance about earth

* Maintenance access
O.11 (10/92) [Rev.1] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]
   Maintenance access lines


* Automatic and semi-automatic measuring systems
O.22 (10/92) [Rev.1] [32 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   CCITT automatic transmission measuring and signalling testing equipment
   ATME No. 2
O.27 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.4] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   In-station echo canceller test equipment
O.33 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.4] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Automatic equipment for rapidly measuring stereophonic pairs and
   monophonic sound-programme circuits, links and connections

* Equipment for the measurement of analogue parameters
O.41 (10/94) [Rev.2] [Publ. sched.: Jun.95]
   Psophometer for use on telephone-type circuits
   Note - C: 64/91/107
O.42 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.4] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Equipment to measure non-linear distortion using the 4-tone
   intermodulation method
O.61 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.4] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Simple equipment to measure interruptions on telephone-type circuits
O.62 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.4] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Sophisticated equipment to measure interruptions on telephone-type
   circuits
O.71 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.4] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Impulsive noise measuring equipment for telephone-type circuits
   Note - Same as H.13
O.72 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.4] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Characteristics of an impulsive noise measuring instrument for wideband
   data transmissions
   Note - Same as H.16
O.81 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.4] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Group-delay measuring equipment for telephone-type circuits
O.82 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.4] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Group-delay measuring equipment for the range 5 to 600 kHz
O.91 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.4] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Phase jitter measuring equipment for telephone-type circuits
O.95 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.4] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Phase and amplitude hit counters for telephone-type circuits
O.111 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.4] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Frequency shift measuring equipment for use on carrier channels

* Equipment for the measurement of digital and analogue/digital parameters
O.131 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.4] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Quantizing distortion measuring equipment using a pseudo-random noise
   test signal
O.132 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.4] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Quantizing distortion measuring equipment using a sinusoidal test signal
O.133 (1993) [Rev.1] [26 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Equipment for measuring the performance of PCM encoders and decoders
O.150 (10/92) [New] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   Digital test patterns for performance measurements on digital
   transmission equipment
O.151 (10/92) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]
   Error performance measuring equipment operating at the primary rate and
   above
O.152 (10/92) [Rev.1] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   Error performance measuring equipment for bit rates of 64 kbit/s and N x
   64 kbit/s
O.153 (10/92) [Rev.1] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   Basic parameters for the measurement of error performance at bit rates

   below the primary rate
O.161 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.4] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   In-service code violation monitors for digital systems
O.162 (10/92) [Rev.1] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93]
   Equipment to perform in-service monitoring on 2048, 8448, 34 368 and 139
   264 kbit/s signals
O.163 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. IV.4] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Equipment to perform in-service monitoring on 1544 kbit/s signals
O.171 (10/92) [Rev.1] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93]
   Timing jitter measuring equipment for digital systems

** - Series P

* Vocabulary and effects of transmission parameters on customer opinion of transmission quality
P.10 (1993) [Rev.1] [15 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Vocabulary of terms on telephone transmission quality and telephone sets
P.11 (1993) [Rev.1] [32 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Effect of transmission impairments
P.16 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. V] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Subjective effects of direct crosstalk
 thresholds of audibility and
   intelligibility

* Subscribers' lines and sets
P.30 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. V] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Transmission performance of group audio terminals (GATs)
P.31 (1993) [Rev.1] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Transmission characteristics for digital telephones
P.32 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. V] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Evaluation of the efficiency of telephone booths and acoustic hoods
P.33 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. V] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Subscriber telephone sets containing either loudspeaking receivers or
   microphones associated with amplifiers
P.34 (1993) [Rev.1] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Transmission characteristics of hands-free telephones
P.35 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. V] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Handset telephones
P.36 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. V] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Efficiency of devices for preventing the occurrence of excessive
   acoustic pressure by telephone receivers
P.37 (1993) [Rev.1] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Coupling hearing aids to telephone sets
P.38 (1993) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Transmission characteristics of operator telephone systems (OTS)

* Transmission standards
P.48 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. V] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Specification for an intermediate reference system

* Objective measuring apparatus
P.50 (1993) [Rev.1] [15 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Artificial voices
P.51 (1993) [Rev.1] [7 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Artificial mouth
P.52 (1993) [Rev.1] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Volume meters
P.53 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. V] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Psophometers (apparatus for the objective measurement of circuit noise)
   Note - Same as O.41

P.54 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. V] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Sound level meters (apparatus for the objective measurement of room
   noise)
P.55 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. V] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Apparatus for the measurement of impulsive noise
P.56 (1993) [Rev.1] [12 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Objective measurement of active speech level
P.57 (1993) [New] [12 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Artificial ears
P.58 (1993) [New] [25 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Head and torso simulator for telephonometry
P.59 (1993) [New] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Artificial conversational speech

* Objective electro-acoustical measurements
P.61 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. V] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Methods for the calibration of condenser microphones
P.62 (1993) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Measurements on subscribers' telephone equipment
P.63 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. V] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Methods for the evaluation of transmission quality on the basis of
   objective measurements
P.64 (1993) [Rev.1] [18 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Determination of sensitivity/frequency characteristics of local
   telephone systems
P.65 (1993) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Objective instrumentation for the determination of loudness ratings
P.66 (1993) [Rev.1] [12 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Methods for evaluating the transmission performance of digital telephone
   sets

* Measurements related to speech loudness
P.75 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. V] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Standard conditioning method for handsets with carbon microphones
P.76 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. V] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Determination of loudness ratings
 fundamental principles
P.78 (1993) [Rev.1] [15 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Subjective testing method for determination of loudness ratings in
   accordance with Recommendation P.76
P.79 (1993) [Rev.1] [27 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.94]
   Calculation of loudness ratings for telephone sets

* Subjective opinion tests
P.80 (1993) [Rev.1] [21 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Methods for subjective determination of transmission quality
P.81 (1993) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Modulated noise reference unit (MNRU)
P.82 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. V] [Publ.: Apr.89]
   Method for evaluation of service from the standpoint of speech
   transmission quality
P.83 (1993) [New] [15 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.94]
   Subjective performance assessment of telephone-band and wideband digital
   codecs
P.84 (1993) [Rev.1] [19 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Subjective listening test method for evaluating digital circuit
   multiplication and packetized voice systems
P.85 (06/94) [New] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95]
   A method for subjective performance assessment of the quality of speech

   voice output devices
   Note - C: 41/67/85

** - Series Q

* Signalling in the international manual service
Q.1 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Signal receivers for manual working
Q.2 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Signal receivers for automatic and semi-automatic working, used for
   manual working

* International automatic and semi-automatic working
Q.4 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Automatic switching functions for use in national networks
Q.5 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Advantages of semi-automatic service in the international telephone
   service
Q.6 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Advantages of international automatic working
Q.7 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Signalling systems to be used for international automatic and
   semi-automatic telephone working
Q.8 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Signalling systems to be used for international manual and automatic
   working on analogue leased circuits
Q.9 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Vocabulary of switching and signalling terms

* Numbering plan and dialling procedures in the international service
Q.11 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Numbering plan for the international telephone service

* Routing plan for international service
Q.12 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Overflow - alternative routing - rerouting - automatic repeat attempt
Q.14 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Means to control the number of satellite links in an international
   telephone connection

* General Recommendations relative to signalling and switching systems (national or international)
Q.20 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Comparative advantages of "in-band" and "out-band" systems
Q.21 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Systems recommended for out-band signalling
Q.22 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Frequencies to be used for in-band signalling
Q.23 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Technical features of push-button telephone sets
Q.24 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Multifrequency push-button signal reception
Q.25 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Splitting arrangements and signal recognition times in "in-band"
   signalling systems
Q.26 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Direct access to the international network from the national network
Q.27 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Transmission of the answer signal
Q.28 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Determination of the moment of the called subscriber's answer in the
   automatic service

Q.29 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Causes of noise and ways of reducing noise in telephone exchanges
Q.30 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Improving the reliability of contacts in speech circuits
Q.31 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Noise in a national 4-wire automatic exchange
Q.32 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Reduction of the risk of instability by switching means
Q.33 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Protection against the effects of faulty transmission on groups of
   circuits

* Tones for use in national signalling systems
Q.35 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Technical characteristics of tones for the telephone service

* General characteristics for international telephone connections and circuits
Q.44 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Attenuation distortion
Q.45 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Transmission characteristics of an analogue international exchange
Q.45 bis (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Transmission characteristics of an analogue international exchange

* Signalling for satellite systems
Q.48 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Demand assignment signalling systems

* Signalling for circuit multiplication equipment
Q.50 (1993) [Rev.1] [18 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Signalling between circuit multiplication equipments (CME) and
   international switching centres (ISC)

* Functions and information flows for services in the ISDN - Methodology
Q.65 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Stage 2 of the method for the characterization of services supported by
   an ISDN

* Basic services
Q.68 (1993) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Overview of methodology for developing management services
Q.71 (1993) [Rev.1] [143 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   ISDN circuit mode switched bearer services
Q.72 (1993) [New] [36 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Stage 2 description for packet mode services
Q.76 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Service procedures for Universal Personal Telecommunication - Functional
   modelling and information flows
   Note - C: 73/111/133

* Supplementary services
Q.80 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Introduction to stage 2 service descriptions for supplementary services
Q.81
   Stage 2 description for number identification supplementary services
  Clause 1 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Direct dialling-in
   Note - See Blue Book Rec. Q.81
  Clause 2 (02/92) [New] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.92]

   Multiple subscriber number
  Clause 3 (09/91) [Rev.1] [22 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.92] [PN: Q.81 Clause 3+Q.81
   Calling line identification presentation (CLIP) and calling line
   identification restriction (CLIR)
  Clause 5 (09/91) [Rev.1] [23 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.92] [PN: Q.81 Clause 5+Q.81
   Connected line identification, presentation and restriction (COLP) and
   (COLR)
  Clause 8 (02/92) [New] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.92]
   Sub-addressing (SUB)
   Note - Published with Q.81 Clause 2 (16 pp.)
Q.82
   Stage 2 description for call offering supplementary services
  Clause 2 (1993) [Rev.1] [51 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Clause 2 - call forwarding
  Clause 3 (1993) [New] [34 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Clause 3 - call deflection
  Clause 4 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Line hunting
   Note - See Blue Book Rec. Q.82
Q.83
   Stage 2 description for call completion supplementary services
  Clause 1 (09/91) [Rev.1] [13 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.92]
   Call waiting (CW)
   Note - Published with Q.83 Clause 4 (25 pp.)
  Clause 2 (02/92) [Rev.1] [19 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.92]
   Call hold
  Clause 3 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Completion of call to busy subscriber
   Note - See Blue Book Rec. Q.83
  Clause 4 (09/91) [New] [13 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.92]
   Terminal portability
   Note - Published with Q.83 Clause 1 (25 pp.)
Q.84
   Stage 2 description for multiparty supplementary services
  Clause 1 (1993) [New] [43 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Clause 1 - Conference calling (CONF)
  Clause 2 (02/92) [New] [17 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.92]
   Three-party service
Q.85
   Stage 2 description for community of interest supplementary services
  Clause 1 (02/92) [Rev.1] [24 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.92]
   Closed user group
   Note - Published with Q.85 Clause 3 (43 pp.)
  Clause 3 (02/92) [New] [32 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.92]
   Multi-level precedence and preemption (MLPP)
   Note - Published with Q.85 Clause 1 (43 pp.)
  Clause 6 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Global Virtual Network Service (GVSN)
   Note - C: 73/111/133
Q.86
   Stage 2 description for charging supplementary services
  Clause 1 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Credit card call
   Note - See Blue Book Rec. Q.86
  Clause 2 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Advice of charge (AOC)
   Note - See Blue Book Rec. Q.86
  Clause 3 (1993) [New] [46 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Reverse charging (REV)

Q.87
   Stage 2 description for additional information transfer supplementary
   services
  Clause 1 (1993) [Rev.1] [56 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Clause 1 - User-to-user signalling (UUS)
* Clauses applicable to ITU-T standard systems - General clauses
Q.101 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Facilities provided in international semi-automatic working
Q.102 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Facilities provided in international automatic working
Q.103 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Numbering used
Q.104 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Language digit or discriminating digit
Q.105 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   National (significant) number
Q.106 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   The sending-finished signal
Q.107 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Standard sending sequence of forward address information
Q.107 bis (1993) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Analysis of forward address information for routing
Q.108 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   One-way or both-way operation of international circuits
Q.109 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Transmission of the answer signal in international exchanges

* Transmission clauses for signalling
Q.110 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   General aspects of the utilization of standardized CCITT signalling
   systems on PCM links
Q.112 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Signal levels and signal receiver sensitivity
Q.113 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Connection of signal receivers in the circuit
Q.114 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Typical transmission requirements for signal senders and receivers

* Control of echo suppressors
Q.115 (1993) [Rev.1] [12 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Control of echo suppressors - control of echo suppressors and echo
   cancellers

* Abnormal conditions
Q.116 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Indication given to the outgoing operator or calling subscriber in case
   of an abnormal condition
Q.117 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Alarms for technical staff and arrangements in case of faults
Q.118 (1993) [Rev.1] [1 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Abnormal conditions - Special release arrangements
Q.118 bis (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Indication of congestion conditions at transit exchanges

* Specifications of Signalling System No. 4
Q.120 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Definition and function of signals
Q.121 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Signal code

Q.122 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Signal sender and signal receiver
Q.123 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Signal receiver
Q.124 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Splitting arrangements
Q.125 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Speed of switching in international exchanges
Q.126 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Analysis and transfer of digital information
Q.127 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Release of registers
Q.128 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Switching to speech position
Q.129 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Maximum duration of a blocking signal
Q.130 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Special arrangements in case of failures in the sequence of signals
Q.131 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Abnormal release conditions of the outgoing register causing release of
   the international circuit
Q.133 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Numbering for access to automatic measuring and testing devices
Q.134 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Routine testing of equipment (local maintenance)
Q.135 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Principles of rapid transmission testing equipment
Q.136 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Loop transmission measurements
Q.137 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Automatic testing equipment
Q.138 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Instruments for checking equipment and measuring signals
Q.139 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Manual testing

* Specifications of Signalling System No. 5
Q.140 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Definition and function of signals
Q.141 (1993) [Rev.1] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Clause 2 - Line signalling - 2.1 Signal code for line signalling
Q.142 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Double seizing with both-way operation
Q.143 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Line signal sender
Q.144 (1993) [Rev.1] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Clause 2 - Line signalling - 2.4 Line signal receiver
Q.145 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Splitting arrangements
Q.146 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Speed of switching in international exchanges
Q.151 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Signal code for register signalling
Q.152 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   End-of-Pulsing conditions - Register arrangements concerning ST
   (end-of-pulsing) signal
Q.153 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Multifrequency signal sender
Q.154 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]

   Multifrequency signal receiver
Q.155 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Analysis of digital information for routing
Q.156 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Release of international registers
Q.157 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Switching to the speech position
Q.161 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   General arrangements for manual testing
Q.162 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Routine testing of equipment (local maintenance)
Q.163 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Manual testing
Q.164 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Testing equipment for checking equipment and signals

* Interworking of signalling systems No. 4 and No. 5
Q.180 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.2] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Interworking of signalling systems No. 4 and No. 5

* Functional description of the signalling system
Q.251 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   General
Q.252 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Signal transfer time definitions
Q.253 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Association between signalling and speech networks

* Definition and function of signals
Q.254 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Telephone signals
Q.255 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Signalling-system-control signals
Q.256 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Management signal

* Signal unit formats and codes
Q.257 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   General
Q.258 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Telephone signals
Q.259 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Signalling-system-control signals
Q.260 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Management signals

* Signalling procedures
Q.261 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Normal call set-up
Q.262 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Analysis of digital information for routing
Q.263 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Double seizing with both-way operation
Q.264 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Potential for automatic repeat attempt and re-routing
Q.265 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Speed of switching and signal transfer in international exchanges
Q.266 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Blocking and unblocking sequences and control of quasi-associated

   signalling
Q.267 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Unreasonable and superfluous messages
Q.268 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Release of international connections and associated equipment
* Continuity check of the speech path
Q.271 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   General

* Signalling link
Q.272 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Requirements for the signalling data link
Q.273 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Data transmission rate
Q.274 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Transmission methods. Modem and interface requirements
Q.275 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Data channel failure detection
Q.276 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Service dependability
Q.277 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Error control
Q.278 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Synchronization
Q.279 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Drift compensation

* Signal traffic characteristics
Q.285 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Signal priority categories
Q.286 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Signalling channel loading and queueing delays
Q.287 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Signal transfer time requirements

* Security arrangements
Q.291 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   General
Q.292 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Reserve facilities provided
Q.293 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Intervals at which security measures are to be invoked

* Testing and maintenance
Q.295 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Overall tests of Signalling System No. 6
Q.296 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Monitoring and maintenance of the common signalling channel

* Network management
Q.297 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Network management

* Interworking between ITU-T SS No. 6 and national common channel signalling systems
Q.300 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.3] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Interworking between CCITT Signalling System No. 6 and national common
   channel signalling systems


* Definition and function of signals
Q.310 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Definition and function of signals
* Line signalling
Q.311 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   2600 Hz line signalling
Q.312 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   2600 Hz line signal sender (transmitter)
Q.313 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   2600 Hz line signal receiving equipment
Q.314 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   PCM line signalling
Q.315 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   PCM line signal sender (transmitter)
Q.316 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   PCM line signal receiver
Q.317 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Further specification clauses relative to line signalling
Q.318 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Double seizing with both-way operation
Q.319 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Speed of switching in international exchanges

* Register signalling
Q.320 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Signal code for register signalling
Q.321 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   End-of-pulsing conditions - Register arrangements concerning ST signal
Q.322 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Multifrequency signal sender
Q.323 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Multifrequency signal receiving equipment
Q.324 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Analysis of address information for routing
Q.325 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Release of registers
Q.326 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Switching to the speech position

* Testing arrangements
Q.327 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   General arrangements
Q.328 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Routine testing of equipment (local maintenance)
Q.329 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Manual testing
Q.330 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Automatic transmission and signalling testing
Q.331 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Test equipment for checking equipment and signals

* Interworking of Signalling System R1 with other standardized systems
Q.332 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Interworking

* Definition and function of signals
Q.400 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Forward line signals


* Line signalling, analogue version
Q.411 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Line signalling code
Q.412 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Clauses for exchange line signalling equipment
Q.414 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Signal sender
Q.415 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Signal receiver
Q.416 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Interruption control

* Line signalling, digital version
Q.421 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Digital line signalling code
Q.422 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Clauses for exchange line signalling equipment
Q.424 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Protection against the effects of faulty transmission
Q.430 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Conversion between analogue and digital versions of System R2 line
   signalling

* Interregister signalling
Q.440 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   General
Q.441 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Signalling code
Q.442 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Pulse transmission of backward signals A-3, A-4, A-6 or A-15.
   Multifrequency signalling equipment
Q.450 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   General
Q.451 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Definitions
Q.452 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Requirements relating to transmission conditions
Q.454 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   The sending part of the multifrequency signalling equipment
Q.455 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   The receiving part of the multifrequency equipment. Range, speed and
   reliability of interregister signalling
Q.457 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Range of interregister signalling
Q.458 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Reliability of interregister signalling

* Signalling procedures
Q.460 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Normal call set-up procedures for international working
Q.462 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Signalling between the outgoing international R2 register and an
   incoming R2 register in an international exchange
Q.463 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Signalling between the outgoing international R2 register and an
   incoming R2 register in a national exchange in the destination country
Q.464 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Signalling between the outgoing international R2 register and the last
   incoming R2 register

Q.465 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Particular cases
Q.466 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Supervision and release of the call
Q.468 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Routing and numbering for international working. Termination of
   interregister signalling
Q.470 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   At an incoming R2 register situated in a transit exchange
Q.471 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   At the last incoming R2 register situated in the exchange to which the
   called subscriber is connected
Q.472 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   At the last incoming R2 register situated in a transit exchange
Q.473 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Use of end-of-pulsing signal I-15 in international working
Q.474 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Use of group B signals
Q.475 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Normal release of outgoing and incoming R2 registers
Q.476 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Abnormal release of outgoing and incoming R2 registers
Q.478 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Relay and regeneration of R2 interregister signals by an outgoing R2
   register in a transit exchange
Q.479 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Echo-suppressor control - Signalling requirements
Q.480 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Miscellaneous procedures

* Testing and maintenance
Q.490 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.4] [Publ.: Feb.89]
   Testing and maintenance

* Introduction and field of application
Q.500 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.5] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Digital local, combined, transit and international exchanges,
   introduction and field of application

* Exchange interfaces, functions and connections
Q.511 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.5] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Exchange interfaces towards other exchanges
Q.512 (02/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Digital exchange interfaces for subscriber access
   Note - C: 73/111/133
Q.513 (1993) [Rev.1] [4 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Digital exchange interfaces for operations, administration and
   maintenance
Q.521 (1993) [Rev.1] [7 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Digital exchange functions
Q.522 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.5] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Digital exchange connections, signalling and ancillary functions

* Design objectives and measurement
Q.541 (1993) [Rev.1] [6 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Digital exchange design objectives - General
Q.542 (1993) [Rev.1] [21 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Digital exchange design objectives - Operations and maintenance
Q.543 (1993) [Rev.1] [36 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]

   Digital exchange performance design objectives
Q.544 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.5] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Digital exchange measurements
* Transmission characteristics
Q.551 (01/94) [Rev.1] [29 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95]
   Transmission characteristics of digital exchanges
   Note - C: 13/35/52
Q.552 (01/94) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Transmission characteristics at 2-wire analogue interfaces of digital
   exchanges
   Note - C: 13/35/52
Q.553 (01/94) [Rev.1] [12 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.95]
   Transmission characteristics at 4-wire analogue interfaces of digital
   exchanges
   Note - C: 13/35/52
Q.554 (01/94) [Rev.1] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Transmission characteristics at digital interfaces of digital exchanges
   Note - C: 13/35/52

* Interworking of Signalling Systems - General considerations
Q.601 (1993) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Interworking of signalling systems - General
Q.601 A (1993) [New] [31 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.94]
   Interworking of signalling systems - Lists and meanings of FITEs, BITEs
   and SPITEs - Representation of information contents of signals of the
   signalling systems
   Note - Annex A to Q.601-Q.695
Q.601 B (1993) [New] [23 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Interworking of signalling systems - Narrative presentation of
   interworking
   Note - Annex B to Q.601 - Q.695
Q.602 (1993) [Rev.1] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Interworking of signalling systems - Introduction
Q.603 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Events
Q.604 (1993) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Interworking of signalling systems - Information analysis tables
Q.605 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Drawing conventions
Q.606 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures
Q.607 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Interworking requirements for new signalling systems
Q.608 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Miscellaneous interworking aspects

* Logic procedures
Q.611 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for incoming signalling system No. 4
Q.612 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for incoming signalling system No. 5
Q.613 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for incoming signalling system No. 6
Q.614 (1993) [Rev.1] [16 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Interworking of signalling systems - Logic procedures for incoming
   Signalling System No. 7 (TUP)
Q.615 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for incoming signalling system R1
Q.616 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]

   Logic procedures for incoming signalling system R2
Q.617 (1993) [New] [18 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.94]
   Logic procedures for incoming signalling system No. 7 (ISUP)
Q.621 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for outgoing signalling system No. 4
Q.622 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for outgoing signalling system No. 5
Q.623 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for outgoing signalling system No. 6
Q.624 (1993) [Rev.1] [11 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Interworking of signalling systems - Logic procedures for outgoing
   Signalling System No. 7 (TUP)
Q.625 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for outgoing signalling system R1
Q.626 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for outgoing signalling system R2
Q.627 (1993) [New] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Interworking of signalling systems - Logic procedures for outgoing
   Signalling System No. 7 (ISUP)
Q.634 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for interworking of signalling system No. 4 to R2
Q.642 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for interworking of signalling system No. 5 to No. 6
Q.643 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for interworking of signalling system No. 5 to No. 7
   (TUP)
Q.644 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for interworking of signalling system No. 5 to R1
Q.645 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for interworking of signalling system No. 5 to R2
Q.646 (1993) [New] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Interworking of signalling systems - Logic procedures for interworking
   of Signalling System No. 5 to Signalling System No. 7 (ISUP)
Q.652 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for interworking of signalling system No. 6 to No. 5
Q.653 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for interworking of signalling system No. 6 to No. 7
   (TUP)
Q.654 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for interworking of signalling system No. 6 to R1
Q.655 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for interworking of signalling system No. 6 to R2
Q.656 (1993) [New] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Interworking of signalling systems - Logic procedures for interworking
   of Signalling System No. 6 to Signallling System No. 7 (ISUP)
Q.662 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for interworking of signalling system No. 7 (TUP) to
   No. 5
Q.663 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for interworking of signalling system No. 7 (TUP) to
   No. 6
Q.664 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for interworking of signalling system No. 7 (TUP) to
   No. 7 (TUP)
Q.665 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for interworking of signalling system No. 7 (TUP) to R1
Q.666 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for interworking of signalling system No. 7 (TUP) to R2
Q.667 (1993) [New] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]

   Interworking of signalling systems - Logic procedures for interworking
   of Signalling System No. 7 (TUP) to Signalling System No. 7 (ISUP)
Q.671 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for interworking of signalling system R1 to No. 5
Q.672 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for interworking of signalling system R1 to No. 6
Q.673 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for interworking of signalling system R1 to No. 7 (TUP)
Q.674 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for interworking of signalling system R1 to R2
Q.675 (1993) [New] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.94]
   Interworking signalling systems - Logic procedures for interworking of
   Signalling System R1 to Signalling System No. 7 (ISUP)
Q.681 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for interworking of signalling system R2 to No. 4
Q.682 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for interworking of signalling system R2 to No. 5
Q.683 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for interworking of signalling system R2 to No. 6
Q.684 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for interworking of signalling system R2 to No. 7 (TUP)
Q.685 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Logic procedures for interworking of signalling system R2 to R1
Q.686 (1993) [New] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Interworking of signalling systems - Logic procedures for interworking
   of Signalling System R2 to Signalling System No. 7 (ISUP)
Q.690 (1993) [New] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Interworking of signalling systems - Logic procedures for interworking
   of Signalling System N.° 7 (ISUP) to No. 5
Q.691 (1993) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Interworking of signalling systems - Logic procedures for interworking
   of Signalling System No.7 (ISUP) to No. 6
Q.692 (1993) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Interworking of signalling systems - Logic procedures for interworking
   of Signalling System No. 7 (ISUP) to No. 7 (TUP)
Q.694 (1993) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Interworking of signalling systems - Logic procedures for interworking
   of signalling system No. 7 (ISUP) to R1
Q.695 (1993) [New] [8 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Interworking of signalling systems - Logic procedures for interworking
   of Signalling System No.7 (ISUP) to R2

* Interworking of signalling systems No. 7 and No. 6
Q.698 (1993) [New] [50 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Interworking of Signalling System No. 7 ISUP, TUP and Signalling System
   No. 6 using arrow diagrams

* Interworking between Digital Subscriber Signalling System No. 1 and Signalling System No. 7
Q.699 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.6] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Interworking between the digital Subscriber Signalling System layer 3
   protocol and the Signalling System No. 7 ISDN User Part

* Specifications of Signalling System No. 7 - General
Q.700 (1993) [Rev.1] [20 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Introduction to CCITT Signalling System No. 7

* Message transfer part
Q.701 (1993) [Rev.1] [20 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Functional description of the message transfer part (MTP) of Signalling

   System No. 7
Q.702 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.7] [Publ.: Oct.89]
   Signalling data link
Q.703 (1993) [Rev.1] [78 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Signalling System No. 7 - Signalling link
Q.704 (1993) [Rev.1] [201 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Signalling System No. 7 - Signalling network functions and messages
Q.705 (1993) [Rev.1] [23 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Signalling System No. 7 - Signalling network structure
Q.706 (1993) [Rev.1] [36 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Signalling System No. 7 - Message transfer part signalling performance
Q.707 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.7] [Publ.: Oct.89]
   Testing and maintenance
Q.708 (1993) [Rev.1] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Numbering of international signalling point codes
Q.709 (1993) [Rev.1] [14 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Signalling System No. 7 - Hypothetical signalling reference connection

* Simplified message transfer part
Q.710 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.7] [Publ.: Oct.89]
   Simplified MTP version for small systems

* Signalling connection control part
Q.711 (1993) [Rev.1] [23 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Signalling System No. 7 - Functional description of the signalling
   connection control part
Q.712 (1993) [Rev.1] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Signalling System No. 7 - Definition and function of SCCP messages
Q.713 (1993) [Rev.1] [33 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Signalling System No. 7 - SCCP formats and codes
Q.714 (1993) [Rev.1] [107 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Signalling System No. 7 -Signalling connection control part procedures
Q.716 (1993) [Rev.1] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Signalling System No. 7 - Signalling connection control part (SCCP)
   performance

* Telephone user part
Q.721 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.8] [Publ.: Oct.89]
   Functional description of the Signalling System No. 7 Telephone User
   Part (TUP)
Q.722 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.8] [Publ.: Oct.89]
   General function of telephone messages and signals
Q.723 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.8] [Publ.: Oct.89]
   Formats and codes
   Note - Corrigendum 01/03/93
Q.724 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.8] [Publ.: Oct.89]
   Specifications of Signalling System No. 7 - Signalling procedures
Q.725 (1993) [Rev.1] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Signalling System No. 7 - Signalling performance in the telephone
   application

* ISDN supplementary services
Q.730 (1993) [Rev.1] [22 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Signalling System No. 7 - ISDN supplementary services
Q.731
   Stage 3 description for number identification supplementary services
   using signalling system No. 7
  Clause 1 (02/92) [New] [5 pp.] [Publ.: May.92]
   Direct-dialling-in (DDI)

   Note - Published with Q.731 Clause 8 (9 pp.)
  Clause 3 (1993) [New] [13 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Calling line identification presentation (CLIP)
  Clause 4 (1993) [New] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Calling line identification restriction (CLIR)
  Clause 5 (1993) [New] [16 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Connected line identification presentation (COLP)
  Clause 6 (1993) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Connected line identification restriction (COLR)
  Clause 8 (02/92) [New] [4 pp.] [Publ.: May.92]
   Sub-addressing (SUB)
   Note - Published with Q.731 Clause 1 (9 pp.)
Q.732
   Stage 3 description for call offering supplementary services using
   Signalling System No. 7
  Clause 2 (1993) [New] [32 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Call diversion services
  Clause 3 (1993) [New] [Publ.: May.94]
   Call forwarding no answer
  Clause 4 (1993) [New] [Publ.: May.94]
   Call forwarding unconditional
  Clause 5 (1993) [New] [Publ.: May.94]
   Call deflection
Q.733
   Stage 3 description for call completion supplementary services using
   Signalling System No. 7
  Clause 1 (02/92) [New] [9 pp.] [Publ.: May.92]
   Call waiting (CW)
  Clause 2 (1993) [New] [7 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Call hold (HOLD)
   Note - Published with Q.733 Clause 4 (16 p.)
  Clause 4 (1993) [New] [7 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Terminal portability (TP)
   Note - Published with Q.733 Clause 2 (16 p.)
Q.734
   Stage 3 description for multiparty supplementary services using
   Signalling System No. 7
  Clause 1 (1993) [New] [17 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Conference calling
   Note - Published with Q.734 Clause 2 (28 p.)
  Clause 2 (1993) [New] [10 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Three-party service
   Note - Published with Q.734 Clause 1 (28 p.)
Q.735
   Stage 3 description for community of interest supplementary services
   using SS No. 7
  Clause 1 (1993) [New] [23 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Closed user group (CUG)
  Clause 3 (1993) [New] [44 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Multi-level precedence and preemption
Q.737
   Stage 3 description for additional information transfer supplementary
   services using SS No. 7
  Clause 1 (1993) [New] [27 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   User-to-user signalling (UUS)

* Data user part
Q.741 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.8] [Publ.: Oct.89]
   Signalling System No. 7 - Data user part

   Note - Same as X.61
* Signalling system No. 7 management
Q.750 (1993) [New] [17 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Overview of Signalling System No. 7 management
Q.752 (1993) [New] [37 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.94]
   Monitoring and measurements for Signalling System No. 7 networks
Q.753 (1993) [New] [44 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.94]
   Signalling System No. 7 management functions MRVT, SRVT and cVT and
   definition of the OMASE-user
Q.754 (1993) [New] [41 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Signalling System No. 7 management application service element (ASE)
   definitions
Q.755 (1993) [New] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Signalling System No. 7 protocol tests

* ISDN user part
Q.761 (1993) [Rev.1] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Functional description of the ISDN user part of Signalling System No. 7
Q.762 (1993) [Rev.1] [14 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   General function of messages and signals of the ISDN User Part of
   Signalling System No.7
Q.763 (1993) [Rev.1] [111 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Formats and codes of the ISDN user part of Signalling System No.7
Q.764 (1993) [Rev.1] [88 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Signalling System No. 7 - ISDN user part signalling procedures
Q.764 H (02/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   State transition diagrams - SS No. 7 ISDN user part signalling
   procedures
   Note - C: 73/111/133
Q.766 (1993) [Rev.1] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Performance objectives in the integrated services digital network
   application
Q.767 (02/91) [New] [271 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.91]
   Application of the ISDN user part of CCITT signalling system No. 7 for
   international ISDN interconnections

* Transaction capabilities application part
Q.771 (1993) [Rev.1] [33 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Signalling System No. 7 - Functional description of transaction
   capabilities
Q.772 (1993) [Rev.1] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Signalling System No. 7 - Transaction capabilities information element
   definitions
Q.773 (1993) [Rev.1] [38 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Signalling System No. 7 - SCCP formats and codes
Q.774 (1993) [Rev.1] [60 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Signalling System No. 7 - Transaction capabilities procedures
Q.775 (1993) [Rev.1] [34 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Signalling system No. 7 - Guidelines for using transaction capabilities

* Test specification
Q.780 (1993) [Rev.1] [20 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.94]
   Signalling System No. 7 test specification general description
Q.781 (1993) [Rev.1] [100 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Signalling System No. 7 - MTP level 2 test specification
Q.782 (1993) [Rev.1] [141 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Signalling System No. 7 - MTP level 3 test specification
Q.783 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.9] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   TUP test specification

Q.784 (02/91) [New] [80 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.91]
   ISUP basic call test specification
Q.784 A (1993) [New] [135 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   TTcN version of Recommendation Q.784
Q.785 (09/91) [New] [49 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.91]
   ISUP protocol test specification for supplementary services

* Signalling connection control part
Q.786 (1993) [New] [50 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Signalling System No. 7 - SCCP test specification
Q.787 (1993) [New] [267 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.94]
   Transaction capabilities (Tc) test specification
Q.788 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   User-network-interface to user-network-interface compatibility test
   specifications for ISDN, non-ISDN and undetermined accesses interworking
   over international ISUP
   Note - C: 73/111/133

* Q3 interface
Q.811 (1993) [New] [25 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Lower layer protocol profiles for the Q3 interface
Q.812 (1993) [New] [16 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Upper layer protocol profiles for the Q3 interface
Q.821 (1993) [New] [46 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Stage 2 and stage 3 description for the Q3 interface - Alarm
   surveillance
Q.822 (04/94) [New] [47 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Stage 1, stage 2 and stage 3 description for the Q3 interface -
   Performance management
   Note - C: 16/49/70

* Digital subscriber signalling system No. 1 - General
Q.850 (1993) [New] [22 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.94]
   Use of cause and location in the digital subscriber Signalling System
   No. 1 and the Signalling System No. 7 ISDN user part

* Data link layer
Q.920 (1993) [Rev.1] [20 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Digital subscriber Signalling System No.1 (DSS1) - ISDN user-network
   interface data link layer - General aspects
   Note - Same as I.440
Q.921 (1993) [Rev.1] [166 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   ISDN user-network interface - Data link layer specification
   Note - Same as I.441
Q.921 bis (1993) [New] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Abstract test suite for LAPD conformance testing
Q.922 (02/92) [New] [109 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.92]
   ISDN data link layer specification for frame mode bearer services
Q.923 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Specification of a synchronization and coordination function for the
   provision of the OSI connection- mode network service in an ISDN
   environment
   Note - C: 73/111/133

* Network layer
Q.930 (1993) [Rev.1] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.94]
   Digital subscriber Signalling System No. 1 (DSS 1) - ISDN user-network
   interface layer 3 - General aspects
   Note - Same as I.450

Q.931 (1993) [Rev.1] [317 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.94]
   Digital subscriber Signalling System No. 1 (DSS 1) - ISDN user-network
   interface layer 3 specification for basic call control
Q.931 bis (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Digital subscriber Signalling System No. 1 (DSS 1) - PICS and abstract
   test suite for layer 3 - Circuit mode basic call control conformance
   testing
   Note - C: 73/111/133
Q.932 (1993) [Rev.1] [88 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Digital subscriber Signalling System No. 1 (DSS 1) - Generic procedures
   for the control of ISDN supplementary services
Q.933 (1993) [New] [71 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.94]
   Digital Subscriber Signalling System No. 1 (DSS 1) - Signalling
   specification for frame mode basic call control
Q.939 (1993) [New] [49 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Digital Subscriber Signalling System No. 1 (DSS 1) - Typical DSS 1
   service indicator codings for ISDN telecommunications services

* User-network management
Q.940 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.11] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   ISDN user-network interface protocol for management - General aspects
Q.941 (1993) [New] [9 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Digital subscriber Signalling System No. 1 (DSS 1)- ISDN user-network
   interface protocol profile for management

* Stage 3 description for supplementary services using DSS 1
Q.950 (1993) [New] [12 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Digital subscriber Signalling System No. 1 (DSS 1) - Supplementary
   services protocols, structure and general principles
Q.951
   Stage 3 description for number identification supplementary services
   using DSS 1
  Clause 1 (02/92) [New] [4 pp.] [Publ.: May.92]
   Direct-dialling-in (DDI)
  Clause 2 (02/92) [New] [5 pp.] [Publ.: May.92]
   Multiple subscriber number (MSN)
  Clause 3 (1993) [New] [13 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Calling line identification presentation
   Note - Q.951 3-6 published together
  Clause 4 (1993) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Calling line identification restriction
   Note - Q.951 3-6 published together
  Clause 5 (1993) [New] [14 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Connected line identification presentation
   Note - Q.951 3-6 published together
  Clause 6 (1993) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Connected line identification restriction
   Note - Q.951 3-6 published together
  Clause 8 (02/92) [New] [5 pp.] [Publ.: May.92]
   Sub-addressing (SUB)
Q.952 (1993) [New] [66 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.94]
   Stage 3 service description for call offering supplementary services
   using DSS 1 - Diversion supplementary services
Q.953
   ISDN Stage 3 description for call completion supplementary services
   using DSS 1
  Clause 1 (02/92) [New] [11 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.92]
   Call waiting
  Clause 2 (1993) [New] [17 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.94]

   Call hold
Q.954
   Stage 3 description for multiparty supplementary services using DSS 1
  Clause 1 (1993) [New] [43 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Clause 1 - Conference call
  Clause 2 (1993) [New] [19 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Clause 2 - Three-party service
Q.955
   Stage 3 description for community of interest supplementary services
   using DSS 1
  Clause 1 (02/92) [New] [21 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.92]
   Closed user group
  Clause 3 (1993) [New] [59 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Multi-level precedence and preemption (MLPP)
Q.957
   Stage 3 description for additional information transfer supplementary
   services using DSS 1
  Clause 1 (1993) [New] [20 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.94]
   User-to-user signalling (UUS)

* Public land mobile network - General
Q.1000 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.12] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Structure of the Q.1000-Series Recommendations for public land mobile
   networks
Q.1001 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.12] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   General aspects of public land mobile networks
Q.1002 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.12] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Network functions
Q.1003 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.12] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Location registration procedures
Q.1004 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.12] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Location register restoration procedures
Q.1005 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.12] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Handover procedures

* Interworking with ISDN and PSTN
Q.1031 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.12] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   General signalling requirements on interworking between the ISDN or PSTN
   and the PLMN
Q.1032 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.12] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Signalling requirements relating to routing of calls to mobile
   subscribers

* Mobile Application Part
Q.1051 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.13] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Mobile application Part
   Note - Further developed by ETSI

* Digital PLMN user-network interfaces
Q.1061 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.13] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   General aspects and principles relating to digital PLMN access
   signalling reference points
Q.1062 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.13] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Digital PLMN access signalling reference configurations
Q.1063 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.13] [Publ.: Jan.90]
   Digital PLMN channel structures and access capabilities at the radio
   interface (Um reference point)


* Interworking with Standard A INMARSAT system
Q.1100 (1993) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   Interworking with standard A INMARSAT system - Structure of the
   Recommendations on the INMARSAT mobile satellite systems
Q.1101 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.14] [Publ.: Oct.89]
   General requirements for the interworking of the terrestrial telephone
   network and INMARSAT Standard A system
Q.1102 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.14] [Publ.: Oct.89]
   Interworking between Signalling System R2 and INMARSAT Standard A system
Q.1103 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VI.14] [Publ.: Oct.89]
   Interworking between Signalling System No. 5 and INMARSAT Standard A
   system

* Interworking with Standard B INMARSAT system
Q.1111 (1993) [Rev.1] [22 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Interfaces between the INMARSAT Standard B system and the international
   public switched telephone network/ISDN
Q.1112 (1993) [Rev.1] [57 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Procedures for interworking between INMARSAT Standard-B system and the
   international public switched telephone network/ISDN

* Interworking with the INMARSAT aeronautical mobile-satellite system
Q.1151 (1993) [Rev.1] [20 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Interfaces for interworking between the INMARSAT aeronautical
   mobile-satellite system and the international public switched telephone
   network/ISDN
Q.1152 (1993) [Rev.1] [55 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Procedures for interworking between INMARSAT aeronautical mobile
   satellite system and the international public switched telephone
   network/ISDN

* Intelligent network
Q.1200 (1993) [New] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Q-series intelligent network Recommendation structure
Q.1201 (10/92) [New] [37 pp.] [Publ.: May.93]
   Principles of intelligent network architecture
   Note - Same as I.312
Q.1202 (10/92) [New] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.93]
   Intelligent network - Service plane architecture
   Note - Same as I.328
Q.1203 (10/92) [New] [12 pp.] [Publ.: May.93]
   IN global functional plane architecture
   Note - Same as I.329
Q.1204 (1993) [New] [24 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   Intelligent network distributed functional plane architecture
   Note - EFS
Q.1205 (1993) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Intelligent network physical plane architecture
Q.1208 (1993) [New] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.93]
   General aspects of the intelligent network application protocol
Q.1211 (1993) [New] [30 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.93]
   Introduction to intelligent network capability set 1
Q.1213 (1993) [New] [33 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   Global functional plane for intelligent network CS-1
Q.1214 (1993) [New] [224 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.94]
   distributed functional plane for intelligent network CS-1
Q.1215 (1993) [New] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.93]
   Physical plane for intelligent network CS-1
Q.1218 (1993) [New] [110 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]

   Interface Recommendation for intelligent network CS-1
Q.1219 (04/94) [New] [204 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.95]
   Intelligent network user's guide for capability set 1
   Note - C: 16/49/70
Q.1290 (1993) [New] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Glossary of terms used in the definition of intelligent networks
Q.1400 (1993) [New] [49 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Architecture framework for the development of signalling and OA&M
   protocols using OSI concepts
  Clause  (02/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Architecture framework for the development of signalling and OA&M
   protocols using OSI concepts
   Note - C: 73/111/133

* Broadband ISDN
Q.2010 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Broadband integrated services digital network overview  signalling
   capability set 1, release 1
   Note - C: 73/111/133
Q.2100 (07/94) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95] [PN: Q.SAAL.0]
   B-ISDN signalling ATM adaptation layer (SAAL) overview description
   Note - C: 47/76/97
Q.2110 (07/94) [New] [95 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.95] [PN: Q.SAAL.1]
   B-ISDN ATM adaptation layer - Service specific connection oriented
   protocol (SSCOP)
   Note - C: 47/76/97
Q.2120 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   B-ISDN meta-signalling protocol
   Note - C: 73/111/133
Q.2130 (07/94) [New] [54 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.95] [PN: Q.SAAL.2]
   B-ISDN signalling ATM adaptation layer - Service specific coordination
   function for support of signalling at the user-network interface (SSCF
   at UNI)
   Note - C: 47/76/97
Q.2140 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   B-ISDN ATM adaptation layer - Service specific coordination function for
   signalling at the network node interface (SSCF AT NNI)
   Note - C: 73/111/133
Q.2610 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Broadband integrated services digital network (B-ISDN) - Usage of cause
   and location in B-ISDN user part and DSS 2
   Note - C: 73/111/133
Q.2650 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Broadband-ISDN , interworking between signalling system No. 7 broadband
   ISDN user part (B-ISUP) and digital subscriber signalling system NO. 2
   (DSS 2)
   Note - C: 73/111/133
Q.2660 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Broadband Integrated Services Digital Network (B-ISDN) - Interworking
   between Signalling System No. 7 - Broadband ISDN User Part (B-ISUP) and
   Narrow-Band ISDN User Part (N-ISUP)
   Note - C: 73/111/133
Q.2730 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Broadband integrated services digital network (B-ISDN) - Signalling
   system No. 7 B-ISDN user part (B-ISUP) - Suplementary services
   Note - C: 73/111/133
Q.2761 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Broadband integrated services digital network (B-ISDN) - Functional
   description of the B-ISDN user part (B-ISUP) of signalling system No. 7

   Note - C: 73/111/133
Q.2762 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Broadband integrated services digital network (B-ISDN) - General
   Functions of messages and signals of the B-ISDN user part B-ISUP of
   signalling system No. 7
   Note - C: 73/111/133
Q.2763 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Broadband integrated services digital network (B-ISDN) - Signalling
   system No. 7 B-ISDN usert part (B-ISUP) - Formats and codes
   Note - C: 73/111/133
Q.2764 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Broadband integrated services digital network (B-ISDN) - Signalling
   system No. 7 B-ISDN user part (B-ISUP) - Basic call procedures
   Note - C: 73/111/133
Q.2931 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Broadband integrated services digital network (B-ISDN) - Digital
   subscriber signalling No. 2 (DSS 2) - User network interface layer 3
   specification for basic call/connection control
   Note - C: 73/111/133
Q.2951
   Stage 3 description for number identification supplementary services
   using B-ISDN digital subscriber signalling system No. 2 (DSS 2 ) - Basic
   Call
  Clause 1 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Section 1 - Direct dialling-in
   Note - C: 73/111/133
  Clause 2 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Section 2 - Multiple suscriber number
   Note - C: 73/111/133
  Clause 3 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Section 3 - Calling Line Identification Presentation (CLIP)
   Note - C: 73/111/133
  Clause 4 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Section 4 - Calling Line Identification Restriction (CLIR)
   Note - C: 73/111/133
  Clause 5 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Section 5 - Connected Line Identification Presentation (COLP)
   Note - C: 73/111/133
  Clause 6 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Section 6 - Connected Line Identification Restriction (COLR)
   Note - C: 73/111/133
  Clause 8 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Section 8 - Sub-addressing (SUB)
   Note - C: 73/111/133
Q.2957
   Stage 3 description for additional information transfer supplementary
   services using B-ISDN digital subscriber signalling system No.2 (DSS 2)
   - Basic call
  Clause 1 (02/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Clause 1 - User-to-user signalling (UUS)
   Note - C: 73/111/133

** - Series R

* Telegraph distortion
R.2 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Element error rate
R.4 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Methods for the separate measurements of the degrees of various types of

   telegraph distortion
R.5 (1993) [Rev.1] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Observation conditions recommended for routine distortion measurements
   on international telegraph circuits
R.9 (1993) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   How the laws governing distribution of distortion should be arrived at
R.11 (1993) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   calculation of the degree of distortion of a telegraph circuit in terms
   of the degrees of distortion of the component links

* Voice-frequency telegraphy
R.20 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Telegraph modem for subscriber lines
R.30 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Transmission characteristic for international VFT links
R.31 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Standardization of AMVFT systems for a modulation rate of 50 bauds
R.35 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Standardization of FMVFT systems for a modulation rate of 50 bauds
R.35 bis (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   50-baud wideband VFT systems
R.36 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Coexistence of 50-baud/120-Hz channels, 100-baud/240-Hz channels,
   200-baud/360-Hz or 480-Hz channels on the same voice-frequency telegraph
   system
R.37 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Standardization of FMVFT systems for a modulation rate of 100 bauds
R.38 A (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Standardization of FMVFT system for a modulation rate of 200 bauds with
   channels spaced at 480 Hz
R.38 B (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Standardization of FMVFT systems for a modulation rate of 200 bauds with
   channels spaced at 360 Hz usable on long intercontinental bearer
   circuits generally used with a 3-kHz spacing
R.39 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Voice-frequency telegraphy on radio circuits

* Special cases of alternating current telegraphy
R.40 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Coexistence in the same cable of telephony and super-telephone
   telegraphy
R.43 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Simultaneous communication by telephone and telegraph on a
   telephone-type circuit
R.44 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   6-unit synchronous time-division 2-3-channel multiplex telegraph system
   for use over FMVFT channels spaced at 120 Hz for connection to
   standardized teleprinter networks
R.49 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Interband telegraphy over open-wire 3-channel carrier systems

* Transmission quality
R.50 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Tolerable limits for the degree of isochronous distortion of
   code-independent 50-baud telegraph circuits
R.51 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Standardized text for distortion testing of the code-independent
   elements of a complete circuit
R.51 bis (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]

   Standardized text for testing the elements of a complete circuit
R.52 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Standardization of international texts for the measurement of the margin
   of start-stop equipment
R.53 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Permissible limits for the degree of distortion on an international
   50-baud/120-Hz VFT channel (frequency and amplitude modulation)
R.54 (1993) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   conventional degree of distortion tolerable for standardized start-stop
   50-baud systems
R.55 (1993) [Rev.1] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Conventional degree of distortion
R.56 (1993) [New] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Telegraph distortion limits to be quoted in Recommendations for
   equipment and transmission plans
R.57 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Standard limits of transmission quality for planning code-independent
   international point-to-point telegraph communications and switched
   networks using 50-baud start-stop equipment
R.58 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Standard limits of transmission quality for the gentex and telex
   networks
R.58 bis (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Limits on signal transfer delay for telegraph, telex and gentex networks
R.59 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Interface requirements for 50-baud start-stop telegraph transmission in
   the maritime mobile satellite service

* Correction of signals
R.60 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Conditions to be fulfilled by regenerative repeaters for start-stop
   signals of International Telegraph Alphabet No. 2
R.62 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Siting of regenerative repeaters in international telex circuits

* Telegraph maintenance
R.70 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Designation of international telegraph circuits
R.70 bis (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Numbering of international VFT channels
R.71 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Organization of the maintenance of international telegraph circuits
R.72 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Periodicity of maintenance measurements to be carried out on the
   channels of international VFT systems
R.73 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Maintenance measurements to be carried out on VFT systems
R.74 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Choice of type of telegraph distortion-measuring equipment
R.75 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Maintenance measurements on code-independent international sections of
   international telegraph circuits
R.75 bis (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Maintenance measurements of character error rate on international
   sections of international telegraph circuits
R.76 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Reserve channels for maintenance measurements on channels of
   international VFT systems
R.77 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]

   Use of bearer circuits for voice-frequency telegraphy
R.78 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Pilot channel for AMVFT systems
R.79 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Automatic tests of transmission quality on telegraph circuits between
   switching centres
R.80 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Causes of disturbances to signals in VFT channels and their effect on
   telegraph distortion
R.81 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Maximum acceptable limit for the duration of interruption of telegraph
   channels arising from failure of the normal power supplies
R.82 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Appearance of false calling and clearing signals in circuits operated by
   switched teleprinter services
R.83 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Changes of level and interruptions in VFT channels
R.90 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Organization for locating and clearing faults in international telegraph
   switched networks
R.91 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   General maintenance aspects for the maritime satellite telex service

* Time division multiplexing
R.100 (1993) [Rev.1] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.94]
   Transmission characteristics of international TDM links
R.101 (1993) [Rev.1] [14 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Code and speed dependent TDM system for anisochronous telegraph and data
   transmission using bit interleaving
R.102 (1993) [Rev.1] [11 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   4800 bit/s code and speed dependent and hybrid TDM systems for
   anisochronous telegraph and data transmission using bit interleaving
R.103 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Code and speed-dependant TDM 600 bit/s system for use in point-to-point
   or branch-line muldex configurations
R.105 (1993) [Rev.1] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Duplex muldex concentrator, connecting a group of gentex and telex
   subscribers to a telegraph exchange by assigning virtual channels to
   time slots of a bit-interleaved TDM system
R.111 (1993) [Rev.1] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Code and speed independent TDM system for anisochronous telegraph and
   data transmission
R.112 (1993) [Rev.1] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   TDM hybrid system for anisochronous telegraph and data transmission
   using bit interleaving
R.113 (1993) [New] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Combined muldex for telegraphy and synchronous data transmission
R.114 (1993) [Rev.1] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Numbering of international TDM channels
R.115 (1993) [Rev.1] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Maintenance loops for TDM-systems
R.116 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Maintenance tests to be carried out on international TDM systems
R.117 (1993) [New] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.94]
   End-to-end error performance of telegraph, telex and gentex connections
   involving regenerative equipment
R.118 (1993) [New] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Performance and availability monitoring in regenerative TDM


* Transmission quality above 50 bauds
R.120 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Tolerable limits for the degree of isochronous distortion of
   code-independent telegraph circuits operating at modulation rates of 75,
   100 and 200 bauds
R.121 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Standard limits of transmission quality for start-stop user classes of
   service 1 and 2 on anisochronous data networks
R.122 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Summary of transmission plans for rates up to 300 bauds

* Definitions
R.140 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Definitions of essential technical terms in the field of telegraph
   transmission

* Availability and reliability of international telegraph circuits
R.150 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Automatic protection switching of dual diversity bearers

** - Series S

* Alphabetical telegraph terminal equipment - Start-stop terminals
S.1 (1993) [Rev.1] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   International Telegraph Alphabet No. 2
S.2 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Coding scheme using International Telegraph Alphabet No. 2 (ITA2) to
   allow the transmission of capital and small letters
S.3 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Transmission characteristics of the local end with its termination
   (ITA2)
S.4 (1993) [Rev.1] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.94]
   Special use of certain characters of the International Telegraph
   Alphabet No. 2
S.5 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Standardization of page-printing start-stop equipment and cooperation
   between page-printing and tape-printing start-stop equipment (ITA2)
S.6 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Characteristics of answerback units (ITA2)
S.7 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Control of teleprinter motors
S.8 (1993) [Rev.1] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Intercontinental standardization of the modulation rate of start-stop
   apparatus and of the use of combination No. 4 in figure-shift
S.9 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Switching equipment of start-stop apparatus
S.10 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Transmission at reduced character transfer rate over a standardized
   50-baud telegraph channel
S.11 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Use of start-stop reperforating equipment for perforated tape
   retransmission
S.12 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Conditions that must be satisfied by synchronous systems operating in
   connection with standard 50-baud teleprinter circuits
S.13 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Use on radio circuits of 7-unit synchronous systems giving error
   correction by automatic repetition
S.14 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]

   Suppression of unwanted reception in radiotelegraph multi-destination
   teleprinter systems
S.15 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Use of the telex network for data transmission at 50 bauds
S.16 (1993) [Rev.1] [11 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.94]
   connection to the telex network of an automatic terminal using a V.24
   DCE/DTE interface
S.17 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Answer-back unit simulators
S.18 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Conversion between International Telegraph Alphabet No. 2 and
   International Alphabet No. 5
S.19 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Calling and answering in the telex network with automatic terminal
   equipment
S.20 (1993) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Automatic clearing procedure for a telex terminal
S.21 (1993) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Use of display screens in telex machines
S.22 (1993) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   "Conversation impossible" and or pre-recorded message in response to
   J/BELL signals from a telex terminal
S.23 (1993) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Automatic request of the answerback of the terminal of the calling
   party, by the telex terminal of the called party or by the international
   network
S.30 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Standardization of basic model page-printing machine using International
   Alphabet No. 5
S.31 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Transmission characteristics for start-stop data terminal equipment
   using International Alphabet No. 5
S.32 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Answer-back units for 200- and 300-baud start-stop machines in
   accordance with Recommendation S.30
S.33 (1993) [New] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Alphabets and presentation characteristics for the intex service
S.34 (1993) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Intex terminals - Requirements to effect interworking with the
   international telex service
S.35 (1993) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Answerback coding for the Intex service

* Definitions
S.140 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.1] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Definitions of essential technical terms relating to apparatus for
   alphabetic telegraphy

** - Series T

* Terminal equipments and protocols for telematic services
T.0 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.3] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Classification of facsimile apparatus for document transmission over the
   public networks
T.1 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.3] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Standardization of phototelegraph apparatus
T.2 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.3] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Standardization of group 1 facsimile apparatus for document transmission
T.3 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.3] [Publ.: Feb.90]

   Standardization of group 2 facsimile apparatus for document transmission
T.4 (1993) [Rev.2] [55 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Standardization of group 3 facsimile apparatus for document transmission
T.4 Amend. 1 (11/94) [New] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.95]
   Standardization of group 3 facsimile apparatus for document transmission
   Note - C: 71/95/114
T.6 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.3] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Facsimile coding schemes and coding control functions for group 4
   facsimile apparatus
T.10 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.3] [Publ.: Dec.89]
   Document facsimile transmissions on leased telephone-type circuits
T.10 bis (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.3] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Document facsimile transmissions in the general switched telephone
   network
T.11 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.3] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Phototelegraph transmissions on telephone-type circuit
T.12 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.3] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Range of phototelegraph transmissions on a telephone-type circuit
T.15 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.3] [Publ.: Feb.90]
   Phototelegraph transmission over combined radio and metallic circuits
T.22 (1993) [New] [9 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Standardized test charts for document facsimile transmissions
T.23 (04/94) [New] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95]
   Standardized colour test chart for document facsimile transmissions
   Note - C: 26/48/69
T.24 (11/94) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jun.95] [PN: T.image]
   Standardized digitized image set
   Note - C: 71/95/114
T.30 (1993) [Rev.3] [156 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Procedures for document facsimile transmission in the general switched
   telephone network
T.30 Amend. 1 (11/94) [New] [34 pp.] [Publ.: May.95]
   Procedures for document facsimile transmission in the general switched
   telephone network
   Note - C: 71/95/114
T.35 (01/91) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.91]
   Procedure for the allocation of CCITT defined codes for non-standard
   facilities
T.42 (11/94) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jun.95] [PN: T.colour]
   Continuous-tone colour representation method for facsimile
   Note - C: 71/95/114
T.50 (09/92) [Rev.1] [20 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.93]
   International Reference alphabet (IRA) (Formerly International Alphabet
   No. 5 or IA5) - Information technology - 7-bit coded character set for
   information interchange
T.51 (09/92) [Rev.1] [26 pp.] [Publ.: May.93]
   Latin based coded character sets for telematic services
T.52 (1993) [New] [88 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Non-latin coded character sets for telematic services
T.53 (04/94) [New] [68 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.95]
   Character coded control functions for telematic services
   Note - C: 26/48/69
T.60 (1993) [Rev.1] [21 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95]
   Terminal equipment for use in the teletex service
T.62 (1993) [Rev.1] [163 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95]
   Control procedures for teletex and Group 4 facsimile services
T.62 bis (1993) [Rev.1] [30 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.95]
   Control procedures for teletex and G4 facsimile services based on
   Recommendations X.215 and X.225

T.63 (1993) [Rev.1] [21 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Provisions for verification of teletex terminal compliance
* Conformance testing procedures for the teletex Recommendations
T.64 (1993) [Rev.1] [123 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Conformance testing procedures for the teletex Recommendations
* Terminal equipments and protocols for telematic services
T.65 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.5] [Publ.: Aug.90]
   Applicability of telematic protocols and terminal characteristics to
   computerized communication terminals (ccTs)
T.70 (1993) [Rev.1] [57 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.94]
   Network-independent basic transport service for the telematic services
T.71 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.5] [Publ.: Aug.90]
   Link access protocol balanced (LAPB) extended for half-duplex physical
   level facility
T.80 (09/92) [New] [11 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]
   Common components for image compression and communication - Basic
   principles
T.81 (09/92) [New] [182 pp.] [Publ.: May.94] [PN: J.PEG]
   Information technology - Digital compression and coding of
   continuous-tone still images - Requirements and guidelines
   Note - ITU-T|ISO/IEC 10918-1
T.82 (1993) [New] [71 pp.] [Publ.: May.94]
   Information technology - Coded representation of picture and audio
   information - Progressive bi-level image compression
   Note - ITU-T|ISO/IEC
T.83 (11/94) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jun.95]
   Information technology - Digital compression and coding of
   continuous-tone still images: Compliance testing
   Note - C: 71/95/114
T.90 (02/92) [Rev.1] [58 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.92]
   Characteristics and protocols for terminals for telematic services in
   ISDN
T.90 Amend. 1 (11/94) [New] [18 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.95]
   Characteristics and protocols for terminals for telematic services in
   ISDN
   Note - C: 71/95/114
T.100 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.5] [Publ.: Aug.90]
   International information exchange for interactive videotex
T.101 (11/94) [Rev.2] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   International interworking for videotex services
   Note - C: 71/95/114
T.102 (1993) [New] [75 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Syntax-based videotex end-to-end protocols for the circuit mode ISDN
T.103 (1993) [New] [60 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.94]
   Syntax-based videotex end-to-end protocols for the packet mode ISDN
T.104 (1993) [New] [13 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Packet mode access for syntax-based videotex via PSTN
T.105 (11/94) [Rev.1] [85 pp.] [Publ.: May.95]
   Syntax-based videotex application layer protocol
   Note - C: 71/95/114
T.106 (1993) [New] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.94]
   Framework of videotex terminal protocols
T.107 (11/94) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jun.95]
   Videotex enhanced man-machine interface service
   Note - C: 71/95/114

* Terminals for telematic services
T.122 (1993) [New] [40 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95]
   Multipoint communication service for audiographics and audiovisual

   conferencing service definition
* Terminal equipments and protocols for telematic services
T.123 (11/94) [Rev.1] [34 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95]
   Protocol stacks for audiographic and audiovisual teleconference
   applications
   Note - C: 71/95/114
T.125 (04/94) [New] [167 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Multipoint communication service protocol specification
   Note - C: 26/48/69
T.150 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.5] [Publ.: Aug.90]
   Telewriting terminal equipment
T.300 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.5] [Publ.: Aug.90]
   General principles of telematic interworking
T.330 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.5] [Publ.: Aug.90]
   Telematic access to interpersonal messaging system
T.351 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.5] [Publ.: Aug.90]
   Imaging process of character information on facsimile apparatus
T.390 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.5] [Publ.: Aug.90]
   Teletex requirements for interworking with the telex service
T.400 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.6] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Introduction to document architecture, transfer and manipulation
T.410 S1 (01/91) [Rev.1] [55 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.91]
   First extension (January 1991) to the T.410 Series (1988) of
   Recommendations contained in the CCITT Blue Book, Fascicle VII.6
T.410 S2 (02/92) [Rev.2] [61 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.92]
   Revision (February 1992) of the T.410-Series (1988) of Recommendations
   contained in the CCITT Blue Book, Fascicle VII.6, on the subject of
   "colour"
T.410 S3 (09/92) [Rev.3] [14 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93]
   Amendments (September 1992) to the T.410-Series Recommendations: I -
   Streams
 II - Support for additional bit order mapping
   Note - Amendments to T.412 + T.417
T.411 (1993) [Rev.1] [77 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.94]
   Information technology - Open document architecture (ODA) and
   interchange format: Introduction and general principles
   Note - ITU-T|ISO\IEC
T.412 (1993) [Rev.1] [Publ.: Feb.95]
   Information technology - Open document architecture (ODA) and
   interchange format: Document structures
   Note - ITU-T|ISO\IEC
T.413 (11/94) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jun.95]
   Information technology - Open document architecture (ODA) and
   interchange format: Abstract interface for the manipulation of ODA
   documents
   Note - C: 71/95/114
T.414 (1993) [Rev.1] [31 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Information technology - Open document architecture (ODA) and
   interchange format: Document profile
   Note - ITU-T|ISO\IEC
T.415 (1993) [Rev.1] [103 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Information technology - Open document architecture (ODA) and
   interchange format: Open document interchange format (ODIF)
   Note - ITU-T|ISO\IEC
T.416 (1993) [Rev.1] [68 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Information technology - Open document architecture (ODA) and
   interchange format: character content architectures
   Note - ITU-T|ISO\IEC
T.417 (1993) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: May.95]

   Information technology - Open document architecture (ODA) and
   interchange formats: Raster graphics content architectures
   Note - ITU-T|ISO\IEC
T.418 (1993) [Rev.1] [Publ.: Mar.95]
   Information technology - Open document architecture (ODA) and
   interchange format: Geometric graphics content architecture
   Note - ITU-T|ISO\IEC
T.421 (11/94) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jun.95]
   Information technology - Open document architecture (ODA) and
   interchange format: Tabular structures and tabular layout
   Note - C: 71/95/114
T.431 (09/92) [Rev.1] [14 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93]
   Document transfer and manipulation (DTAM) - Services and protocols -
   Introduction and general principles
T.432 (09/92) [Rev.1] [36 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93]
   Document transfer and manipulation (DTAM) - Services and protocols -
   Service definition
T.433 (09/92) [Rev.1] [82 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Document transfer and manipulation (DTAM) - Services and protocols -
   Protocol specification
T.434 (09/92) [New] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]
   Binary file transfer format for the telematic services
T.441 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.7] [Publ.: May.90]
   Document transfer and manipulation (DTAM) - Operational structure
T.501 (1993) [Rev.1] [21 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.95]
   Document application profile MM for the interchange of formatted mixed
   mode documents
T.502 (11/94) [Rev.3] [50 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.95]
   Document application profile PM-11 for the interchange of simple
   structure, character content documents in processable and formatted
   forms
   Note - C: 71/95/114
T.503 (01/91) [Rev.1] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.91]
   A document application profile for the interchange of group 4 facsimile
   documents
T.503 Amend. 1 (11/94) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jun.95]
   A document application profile for the interchange of group 4 facsimile
   documents - Amendment 1 - Annex B: Extension for continuous-tone colour
   and gray-scale image documents
   Note - C: 71/95/114. Annex B to T.503
T.504 (1993) [Rev.1] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Document application profile for videotex interworking
T.505 (11/94) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jun.95]
   Document application profile PM-26 for the interchange of enhanced
   structure, mixed content documents in processable and formatted forms
   Note - C: 71/95/114
T.506 (08/93) [New] [180 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.95]
   Document application profile PM-36 for the interchange of extended
   document structures and mixed content documents in processable and
   formatted forms
   Note - C: 175/12/29
T.510 (1993) [New] [12 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   General overview of the T.510-Series Recommendations
T.521 (11/94) [Rev.2] [Publ. sched.: Jun.95]
   Communication application profile BT0 for document bulk transfer based
   on the session service
   Note - C: 71/95/114
T.522 (09/92) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   Communication application profile BT1 for document bulk transfer

T.523 (1993) [Rev.1] [19 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Communication application profile DM-1 for videotex interworking
T.541 (1993) [Rev.1] [21 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Operational application profile for videotex interworking
T.561 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.7] [Publ.: May.90]
   Terminal characteristics for mixed mode of operation MM
T.562 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.7] [Publ.: May.90]
   Terminal characteristics for teletex processable mode PM.1
T.563 (11/94) [Rev.3] [Publ. sched.: Jun.95]
   Terminal characteristics for group 4 facsimile apparatus
   Note - C: 71/95/114
T.564 (1993) [Rev.1] [30 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.95]
   Gateway characteristics for videotex interworking
T.571 (09/92) [New] [11 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93] [PN: T.565]
   Terminal characteristics for the telematic file transfer within the
   teletex service
T.611 (11/94) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Programming communication interface (PCI) APPLI/COM for facsimile group
   3, facsimile group 4, teletex, telex, E-mail and file transfer services
   Note - C: 71/95/114

** - Series U

* Telegraph switching - General
U.1 (1993) [Rev.1] [11 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.94]
   Signalling conditions to be applied in the international telex service
U.2 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.2] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Standardization of dials and dial pulse generators for the international
   telex service
U.3 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.2] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Arrangements in switching equipment to minimize the effects of false
   calling signals
U.4 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.2] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Exchange of information regarding signals destined to be used over
   international circuits concerned with switched teleprinter networks
U.5 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.2] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Requirements to be met by regenerative repeaters in international
   connections
U.6 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.2] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Prevention of fraudulent transit traffic in the fully automatic
   international telex service
U.7 (1993) [Rev.1] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Numbering schemes for automatic switching networks
U.8 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.2] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Hypothetical reference connections for telex and gentex networks
U.10 (1993) [Rev.1] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Equipment of an international telex position

* Specific signalling schemes and interworking between signalling systems
U.11 (1993) [Rev.1] [15 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.94]
   Telex and gentex signalling on intercontinental circuits used for
   intercontinental automatic transit traffic (type c signalling)
U.12 (1993) [Rev.1] [24 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Terminal and transit control signalling system for telex and similar
   services on international circuits (type D signalling)
U.15 (1993) [Rev.1] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.94]
   Interworking rules for international signalling systems according to
   Recommendations U.1, U.11 and U.12


* Signalling over radio and multiplexed channels
U.20 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.2] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Telex and gentex signalling on radio channels (synchronous 7-unit
   systems affording error correction by automatic repetition)
U.21 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.2] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Operator recall on a telex call set up on a radiotelegraph circuit
U.22 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.2] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Signals indicating delay in transmission on calls set up by means of
   synchronous systems with automatic error correction by repetition
U.23 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.2] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Use of radiotelegraph circuits with ARQ equipment for fully automatic
   telex calls charged on the basis of elapsed time
U.24 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.2] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Requirements for telex and gentex operation to be met by synchronous
   multiplex equipment described in Recommendation R.44
U.25 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.2] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Requirements for telex and gentex operation to be met by code- and
   speed-dependent TDM systems conforming to Recommendation R.101

* Gentex signalling
U.30 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.2] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Signalling conditions for use in the international gentex network
U.31 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.2] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Prevention of connection to faulty stations and/or station lines in the
   gentex service

* Particular signalling facilities
U.40 (1993) [Rev.1] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.94]
   Reactions by automatic terminals connected to the telex network in the
   event of ineffective call attempts or signalling incidents
U.41 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.2] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   changed address interception and call redirection in the telex service
U.43 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.2] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Follow-on calls
U.44 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.2] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Multi-address calls in real time for broadcast purposes in the
   international telex service
U.45 (1993) [Rev.1] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.94]
   Response to the not-ready condition of the telex terminal
U.46 (1993) [New] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Interruption of automatic transmission and flow control in the
   international telex service

* Radiotelex interworking
U.60 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.2] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   General requirements to be met in interfacing the international telex
   network with maritime satellite systems
U.61 (1993) [Rev.1] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.94]
   Detailed requirements to be met in interfacing the international telex
   network with maritime satellite systems
U.62 (1993) [Rev.1] [5 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   General requirements to be met in interfacing the international telex
   network with the fully automated maritime VHF/UHF radio system
U.63 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.2] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   General requirements to be met in interfacing the international telex
   network with the maritime "direct printing" system

* Interworking between new information services and telex
U.70 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.2] [Publ.: Apr.90]

   Telex service signals for telex to teletex interworking
U.74 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.2] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Extraction of telex selection information from a calling telex
   answerback
U.75 (1993) [Rev.1] [3 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.94]
   Automatic called telex answerback check

* Telex store and forward
U.80 (1993) [Rev.1] [15 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   International telex store and forward access from a telex subscriber
U.81 (1993) [Rev.1] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   International telex store-and-forward - Delivery to a telex subscriber

* Intex service
U.101 (1993) [New] [27 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.94]
   Signalling systems for the Intex service (types E and F signalling)

* Definitions
U.140 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VII.2] [Publ.: Apr.90]
   Definitions of essential technical terms relating to telegraph switching
   and signalling

* The international telex service
U.200 (1993) [New] [17 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   The international telex service - General technical requirements for
   interworking
U.201 (1993) [Rev.1] [17 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Interworking between the teletex service and the international telex
   service
U.202 (1993) [Rev.1] [17 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Technical requirements to be met in providing the international telex
   service within an integrated services digital network
U.203 (1993) [New] [24 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Technical requirements to be met when providing real-time bothway
   communications between terminals of the international telex service and
   data terminal equipments on a PSPDN or via the PSTN
U.204 (1993) [Rev.1] [23 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Interworking between the international telex service and the public
   interpersonal messaging service
U.205 (1993) [New] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Store-and-retrieve facility for the delivery of messages from a terminal
   of the international telex service to a data terminal equipment which
   connects to a packet-switched public data network over the public
   switched telephone network
U.206 (1993) [New] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Technical requirements for interworking between the international telex
   service and the videotex service
U.207 (1993) [New] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   Technical requirements to be met for the transfer of messages between
   terminals of the international telex service and group 3 facsimile
   terminals connected to the PSTN
U.208 (1993) [New] [7 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   The international telex service - Interworking with the INMARSAT c
   system using one-stage selection
U.210 (1993) [New] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Intex service Network requirements to effect interworking with the
   international telex service
U.220 (1993) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.94]
   The international telex service - Technical requirements for a status
   enquiry function in an interworking scenario

** - Series V
* Data communication over the telephone network - General
V.1 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Equivalence between binary notation symbols and the significant
   conditions of a two-condition code
V.2 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Power levels for data transmission over telephone lines
V.4 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   General structure of signals of international alphabet No. 5 code for
   character oriented data transmission over public telephone networks
V.7 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Definitions of terms concerning data communication over the telephone
   network
V.8 (09/94) [New] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94] [PN: V.id]
   Procedures for starting sessions of data transmission over the general
   switched telephone network
   Note - C: 56/82/105

* Interfaces and voice-band modems
V.10 (1993) [Rev.1] [18 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Electrical characteristics for unbalanced double-current interchange
   circuits operating at data signalling rates nominally up to 100 kbit/s
   Note - Same as X.26
V.11 (1993) [Rev.1] [14 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.94]
   Electrical characteristics for balanced double-current interchange
   circuits operating at data signalling rates up to 10 Mbit/s
   Note - Same as X.27
V.13 (1993) [Rev.1] [2 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Simulated carrier control
V.14 (1993) [Rev.1] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   Transmission of start-stop characters over synchronous bearer channels
V.15 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Use of acoustic coupling for data transmission
V.16 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Medical analogue data transmission modems
V.17 (02/91) [New] [11 pp.] [Publ.: May.91]
   A 2-wire modem for facsimile applications with rates up to 14 400 bit/s

* Interworking with other networks
V.18 (09/94) [New] [18 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94] [PN: V.txp]
   Operational and interworking requirements for modems operating in the
   text telephone mode
   Note - C: 56/82/105

* Interfaces and voice-band modems
V.19 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Modems for parallel data transmission using telephone signalling
   frequencies
V.21 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   300 bits per second duplex modem standardized for use in the general
   switched telephone network
V.22 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   1200 bits per second duplex modem standardized for use in the general
   switched telephone network and on point-to-point 2-wire leased
   telephone-type circuits
V.22 bis (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   2400 bits per second duplex modem using the frequency division technique
   standardized for use on the general switched telephone network and on

   point-to-point 2-wire leased telephone-type circuits
V.23 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   600/1200-baud modem standardized for use in the general switched
   telephone network
V.24 (1993) [Rev.1] [19 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.94]
   List of definitions for interchange circuits between data terminal
   equipment (DTE) and data circuit-terminating equipment (DCE)
V.25 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Automatic answering equipment and/or parallel automatic calling
   equipment on the general switched telephone network including procedures
   for disabling of echo control devices for both manually and
   automatically established calls
V.25 bis (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Automatic calling and/or answering equipment on the general switched
   telephone network (GSTN) using the 100-series interchange circuits
V.26 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   2400 bits per second modem standardized for use on 4-wire leased
   telephone-type circuits
V.26 bis (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   2400/1200 bits per second modem standardized for use in the general
   switched telephone network
V.26 ter (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   2400 bits per second duplex modem using the echo cancellation technique
   standardized for use on the general switched telephone network and on
   point-to-point 2-wire leased telephone-type circuits
V.27 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   4800 bits per second modem with manual equalizer standardized for use on
   leased telephone-type circuits
V.27 bis (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   4800/2400 bits per second modem with automatic equalizer standardized
   for use on leased telephone-type circuits
V.27 ter (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   4800/2400 bits per second modem standardized for use in the general
   switched telephone network
V.28 (1993) [Rev.1] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   Electrical characteristics for unbalanced double-current interchange
   circuits
V.29 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   9600 bits per second modem standardized for use on point-to-point 4-wire
   leased telephone-type circuits
V.31 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Electrical characteristics for single-current interchange circuits
   controlled by contact closure
V.31 bis (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Electrical characteristics for single-current interchange circuits using
   optocouplers
V.32 (1993) [Rev.1] [23 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   A family of 2-wire, duplex modems operating at data signalling rates of
   up to 9600 bit/s for use on the general switched telephone network and
   on leased telephone-type circuits
V.32 bis (02/91) [New] [22 pp.] [Publ.: May.91]
   A duplex modem operating at data signalling rates of up to 14 400 bit/s
   for use on the general switched telephone network and on leased
   point-to-point 2-wire telephone-type circuits
V.33 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   14 400 bits per second modem standardized for use on point-to-point
   4-wire leased telephone-type circuits
V.34 (09/94) [New] [63 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.94] [PN: V.fast]
   a modem operating at data signalling rates of up to 28 800 bit/s for use

   on the general switched telephone network and on leased point-to-point
   2-wire telephone-type circuits
   Note - C: 56/82/105
* Wide-band modems
V.36 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Modems for synchronous data transmission using 60-108 kHz group band
   circuits
V.37 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Synchronous data transmission at a data signalling rate higher than 72
   kbit/s using 60-108 kHz group band circuits
V.38 (1993) [New] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   A 48/56/64 kbit/s data circuit terminating equipment standardized for
   use on digital point-to-point leased circuits

* Error control
V.41 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Code-independent error-control system
V.42 (1993) [Rev.1] [74 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.94]
   Error-correcting procedures for DCEs using asynchronous-to-synchronous
   conversion
V.42 bis (01/90) [New] [27 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.90]
   Data compression procedures for data circuit terminating equipment (DCE)
   using error correcting procedures

* Transmission quality and maintenance
V.50 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Standard limits for transmission quality of data transmission
V.51 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Organization of the maintenance of international telephone-type circuits
   used for data transmission
V.52 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Characteristics of distortion and error-rate measuring apparatus for
   data transmission
V.53 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Limits for the maintenance of telephone-type circuits used for data
   transmission
V.54 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Loop test devices for modems
V.55 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Specification for an impulsive noise measuring instrument for
   telephone-type circuits
V.56 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Comparative tests of modems for use over telephone-type circuits
V.57 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Comprehensive data test set for high data signalling rates
V.58 (09/94) [New] [58 pp.] [Publ. sched.: May.95] [PN: V.im]
   Management information model for V-Series DCEs
   Note - C: 56/82/105

* Interworking with other networks
V.100 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Interconnection between public data networks (PDNs) and the public
   switched telephone networks (PSTN)
V.110 (09/92) [Rev.1] [58 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.93]
   Support of data terminal equipments with V-Series type interfaces by an
   integrated services digital network
   Note - Same as I.463
V.120 (09/92) [Rev.1] [36 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.93]
   Support by an ISDN of data terminal equipment with V-Series type

   interfaces with provision for statistical multiplexing
   Note - Same as I.465
V.230 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.1] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   General data communications interface layer 1 specification

** - Series X

* Public data networks - Services and facilities
X.1 (1993) [Rev.1] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93]
   International user classes of service in, and categories of access to,
   public data networks and integrated services digital networks (ISDNs)
X.2 (1993) [Rev.1] [22 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   International data transmission services and optional user facilities in
   public data networks and ISDNs
X.3 (1993) [Rev.1] [22 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Packet assembly/disassembly facility (PAD) in a public data network
X.4 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.2] [Publ.: May.89]
   General structure of signals of International Alphabet No. 5 code for
   character oriented data transmission over public data networks
X.5 (02/92) [New] [8 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.92]
   Facsimile packet assembly/disassembly facility (FPAD) in a public data
   network
X.6 (1993) [New] [29 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Multicast service definition
X.7 (1993) [New] [36 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.93]
   Technical characteristics of data transmission services
X.8 (07/94) [New] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95] [PN: X.map]
   Multi-aspect PAD (MAP) framework and service definition
   Note - C: 40/65/84
X.10 (1993) [Rev.1] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93]
   Categories of access for data terminal equipment (DTE) to public data
   transmission services

* Interfaces
X.20 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.2] [Publ.: May.89]
   Interface between data terminal equipment (DTE) and data
   circuit-terminating equipment (DCE) for start-stop transmission services
   on public data networks
X.20 bis (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.2] [Publ.: May.89]
   Use on public data networks of data terminal equipment (DTE) which is
   designed for interfacing to asynchronous duplex V-Series modems
X.21 (09/92) [Rev.1] [56 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.93]
   Interface between data terminal equipment and data circuit-terminating
   equipment for synchronous operation on public data networks
X.21 bis (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.2] [Publ.: May.89]
   Use on public data networks of data terminal equipment (DTE) which is
   designed for interfacing to synchronous V-Series modems
X.22 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.2] [Publ.: May.89]
   Multiplex DTE/DCE interface for user classes 3-6
X.24 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.2] [Publ.: May.89]
   List of definitions for interchange circuits between data terminal
   equipment (DTE) and data circuit-terminating equipment (DCE) on public
   data networks
X.25 (1993) [Rev.1] [156 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.93]
   Interface between data terminal equipment (DTE) and data
   circuit-terminating equipment (DCE) for terminals operating in the
   packet mode and connected to public data networks by dedicated circuit
X.26 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.2] [Publ.: May.89]
   Electrical characteristics for unbalanced double-current interchange
   circuits for general use with integrated circuit equipment in the field
   of data communications

   Note - Same as V.10
X.27 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.2] [Publ.: May.89]
   Electrical characteristics for balanced double-current interchange
   circuits for general use with integrated circuit equipment in the field
   of data communications
   Note - Same as V.11
X.28 (1993) [Rev.1] [53 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   DTE/DCE interface for a start-stop mode data terminal equipment
   accessing the packet assembly/disassembly facility (PAD) in a public
   data network situated in the same country
X.28 Add. (07/94) [Rev.2] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95]
   Addendum 1 to Recommendation X.28 to enable MAP support in accordance
   with Recommendation X.8
   Note - C: 40/65/84
X.29 (1993) [Rev.1] [16 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Procedures for the exchange of control information and user data between
   a packet assembly/disassembly (PAD) facility and a packet mode DTE or
   another PAD
X.30 (1993) [Rev.1] [43 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Support of X.21, X.21 bis and X.20 bis based data terminal equipments
   (DTEs) by an integrated services digital network (ISDN)
   Note - Same as I.461
X.31 (1993) [Rev.1] [63 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.93]
   Support of packet mode terminal equipment by an ISDN
   Note - Same as I.462
X.32 (1993) [Rev.1] [59 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Interface between DTE and DCE for terminals operating in the packet mode
   and accessing a packet switched public data network through a public
   switched telephone network or an integrated services digital network or
   a circuit switched public data network
X.35 (11/93) [New] [Publ.: Nov.94] [PN: X.pvt]
   Interface between a PSPDN and a private PSDN which is based on X.25
   procedures and enhancements to define a gateway function that is
   provided in the PSPDN
   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.36 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Interface between Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) and
   Data-Circuit-Terminating Equipment (DCE) for public data networks
   providing frame relay data transmission service by dedicated circuit
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.37 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Encapsulation in X.25 packets of various protocols including frame relay
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.38 (02/92) [New] [46 pp.] [Publ.: May.92]
   G3 facsimile equipment/DCE interface for G3 facsimile equipment
   accessing the facsimile packet assembly/disassembly facility (FPAD) in a
   public data network situated in the same country
X.39 (02/92) [New] [17 pp.] [Publ.: May.92]
   Procedures for the exchange of control information and user data between
   a facsimile packet assembly/disassembly (FPAD) facility and a packet
   mode data terminal equipment (DTE) or another FPAD

* Transmission, signalling and switching
X.50 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Fundamental parameters of a multiplexing scheme for the international
   interface between synchronous data networks
X.50 bis (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Fundamental parameters of a 48-kbit/s user data signalling rate
   transmission scheme for the international interface between synchronous

   data networks
X.51 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Fundamental parameters of a multiplexing scheme for the international
   interface between synchronous data networks using 10-bit envelope
   structure
X.51 bis (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Fundamental parameters of a 48-kbit/s user data signalling rate
   transmission scheme for the international interface between synchronous
   data networks using 10-bit envelope structure
X.52 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Method of encoding anisochronous signals into a synchronous user bearer
X.53 (1993) [Rev.1] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Numbering of channels on international multiplex links at 64 kbit/s
X.54 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Allocation of channels on international multiplex links at 64 kbit/s
X.55 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Interface between synchronous data networks using a 6 + 2 envelope
   structure and single channel per carrier (SCPC) satellite channels
X.56 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Interface between synchronous data networks using an 8 + 2 envelope
   structure and single channel per carrier (SCPC) satellite channels
X.57 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Method of transmitting a single lower speed data channel on a 64 kbit/s
   data stream
X.58 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Fundamental parameters of a multiplexing scheme for the international
   interface between synchronous non-switched data networks using no
   envelope structure
X.60 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Common channel signalling for circuit switched data applications
X.61 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Signalling System No. 7 - Data user part
X.70 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Terminal and transit control signalling system for start-stop services
   on international circuits between anisochronous data networks
X.71 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Decentralized terminal and transit control signalling system on
   international circuits between synchronous data networks
X.75 (1993) [Rev.1] [104 pp.] [Publ.: Dec.93]
   Packet-switched signalling system between public networks providing data
   transmission services
X.76 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Network-to-network interface between public data networks providing the
   frame relay data transmission service
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.80 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Interworking of interexchange signalling systems for circuit switched
   data services
X.81 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Interworking between an ISDN circuit-switched and a circuit-switched
   public data network (CSPDN)
X.82 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Detailed arrangements for interworking between CSPDNs and PSPDNs based
   on Recommendation T.70

* Network aspects
X.92 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Hypothetical reference connections for public synchronous data networks
X.96 (1993) [Rev.1] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93]

   Call progress signals in public data networks
X.110 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   International routing principles and routing plan for public data
   networks
X.115 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95] [PN: X.atc]
   Definition of address translation capability in public data networks
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.121 (09/92) [Rev.1] [17 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.93]
   International numbering plan for public data networks
X.122 (09/92) [New] [39 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.93]
   Numbering plan interworking for the E.164 and X.121 numbering plans
   Note - Same as E.166 (new text)
X.130 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Call processing delays in public data networks when providing
   international synchronous circuit-switched data services
X.131 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Call blocking in public data networks when providing international
   synchronous circuit-switched data services
X.134 (09/92) [Rev.1] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.93]
   Portion boundaries and packet layer reference events: basis for defining
   packet-switched performance parameters
X.135 (09/92) [Rev.1] [29 pp.] [Publ.: May.93]
   Speed of service (delay and throughput) performance values for public
   data networks when providing international packet-switched services
X.136 (09/92) [Rev.1] [18 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.93]
   Accuracy and dependability performance values for public data networks
   when providing international packet-switched services
X.137 (09/92) [Rev.1] [17 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.93]
   Availability performance values for public data networks when providing
   international packet-switched services
X.138 (09/92) [New] [38 pp.] [Publ.: May.93]
   Measurement of performance values for public data networks when
   providing international packet-switched services
X.139 (09/92) [New] [14 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.93]
   Echo, drop, generator and test DTEs for measurement of performance
   values in public data networks when providing international
   packet-switched services
X.140 (09/92) [Rev.1] [25 pp.] [Publ.: May.93]
   General quality of service parameters for communication via public data
   networks
X.141 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   General principles for the detection and correction of errors in public
   data networks
   Note - Corrigendum 06/90 (E)
X.144 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   User information transfer performance parameters for data networks
   providing international frame relay PVC service
   Note - C: 101/120/146

* Maintenance
X.150 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Principles of maintenance testing for public data networks using data
   terminal equipment (DTE) and data circuit-terminating equipment (DCE)
   test loops
X.160 (07/94) [New] [13 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95]
   Architecture for customer network management service for public data
   networks
   Note - C: 40/65/84
X.161 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]

   Definition of customer network management services for public data
   networks
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.162 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Definition of management information for customer network management
   service for public data networks to be used with the CNMc interface
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.163 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Definition of management information for customer network management
   service for public data networks to be used with the CNMe interface
   Note - C: 101/120/146

* Administrative arrangements
X.180 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Nov.89]
   Administrative arrangements for international closed user groups (CUGs)
X.181 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.3] [Publ.: Aug.89]
   Administrative arrangements for the provision of international permanent
   virtual circuits (PVcs)

* Open Systems Interconnection - General - Model and notation
X.200 (07/94) [Rev.1] [59 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Basic reference
   model: The basic model
   Note - C: 40/65/84
X.207 (11/93) [New] [20 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Application
   layer structure
   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.208 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.4] [Publ.: Aug.89]
   Specification of Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1)
X.209 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.4] [Publ.: Aug.89]
   Specification of basic encoding rules for Abstract Syntax Notation One
   (ASN.1)

* Service definitions
X.210 (11/93) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Information technology - Open systems interconnection - Basic reference
   model: conventions for the definition of OSI services
   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.211 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.4] [Publ.: Aug.89]
   Physical service definition of open systems interconnection for CCITT
   applications
   Note - Corrigendum 10/92
X.212 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.4] [Publ.: Aug.89]
   Data link service definition for open systems interconnection for CCITT
   applications
   Note - Corrigendum 10/92
X.213 (09/92) [Rev.1] [63 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.93]
   Information technology - Network service definition for Opens Systems
   Interconnection
   Note - ITU-T|ISO/IEC
X.213 Amend. 1 (04/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Network service
   definitions - Amendment 1: Addition of group network addressing and
   connectionless-mode multicast services
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.214 (11/93) [Rev.1] [25 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Information technology -  Open Systems Interconnection -Transport
   service definition

   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.215 (07/94) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Session service
   definition
   Note - C: 40/65/84
X.216 (07/94) [Rev.1] [41 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Presentation
   service definition
   Note - C: 40/65/84
X.217 (04/95) [Rev.2] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Service
   definition for the association control service element
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.218 (1993) [Rev.1] [17 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Reliable transfer: Model and service definition
X.219 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.4] [Publ.: Aug.89]
   Remote operations: Model, notation and service definition

* Connection-mode protocol specifications
X.220 (1993) [Rev.1] [4 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Use of X.200-Series protocols in CCITT applications
X.222 (04/95) [New] [8 pp.] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Use of X.25 LAPB-compatible data link procedures to provide the OSI
   Connection-mode Data Link service
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.223 (11/93) [Rev.1] [35 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95]
   Use of X.25 to provide the OSI connection-mode network service for ITU-T
   applications
   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.224 (11/93) [Rev.1] [154 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.94]
   Protocol for providing the OSI connection-mode transport service
   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.225 (07/94) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection -
   connection-oriented session protocol: Protocol specification
   Note - C: 40/65/84
X.226 (07/94) [Rev.1] [60 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection -
   connection-oriented presentation protocol: Protocol specification
   Note - C: 40/65/84
X.227 (04/95) [Rev.2] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection -
   Connection-oriented protocol for the association control service
   element: Protocol specification
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.228 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.5] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   Reliable transfer: Protocol specification
X.229 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.5] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   Remote operations: Protocol specification

* Connectionless-mode protocol specification
X.233 (11/93) [New] [54 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Information technology - Protocol for providing the connectionless-mode
   network service: protocol specification
   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.233 Amend. 1 (04/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Protocol for providing the OSI
   connectionless-mode network service: Protocol specification - Amendment
   1: Multicast extension

   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.234 (07/94) [New] [18 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95]
   Information technology - Protocol for providing the OSI
   connectionless-mode transport service
   Note - C: 40/65/84
X.235 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Connectionless
   Session protocol: Protocol specification
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.236 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Connectionless
   Presentation protocol: Protocol specification
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.237 (04/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Connectionless
   protocol for the association control service element: Protocol
   specification
   Note - C: 101/120/146

* Miscelleanous
X.244 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.5] [Publ.: Jul.89]
   Procedure for the exchange of protocol identification during virtual
   call establishment on packet switched public data networks
X.245 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection -
   Connection-oriented Session protocol: Protocol Implementation
   Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.246 (07/94) [New] [24 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection -
   Connection-oriented presentation protocol: Protocol implementation
   conformance statement (PICS) proforma
   Note - C: 40/65/84
X.247 (07/94) [New] [13 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.95]
   Information technology - Opens Systems Interconnection - Protocol
   specification for the association control service element: Protocol
   implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma
   Note - C: 40/65/84
X.248 (09/92) [New] [15 pp.] [Publ.: May.93]
   Reliable transfer service element - Protocol implementation conformance
   statement (PICS) proforma
X.249 (09/92) [New] [12 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.93]
   Remote operations service element - Protocol implementation conformance
   statement (PICS) proforma
X.255 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Connectionless
   session protocol: Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS)
   proforma
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.256 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Connectionless
   presentation protocol: Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement
   (PICS) proforma
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.257 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Connectionless
   protocol for the association control service element: Protocol
   Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma
   Note - C: 101/120/146


* Protocol Identification
X.264 (11/93) [New] [Publ.: Oct.94] [PN: X.tpid]
   Transport protocol identification mechanism
   Note - C: 8/25/43
* Security Protocols
X.273 (07/94) [New] [108 pp.] [Publ.: May.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Network layer
   security protocol
   Note - C: 40/65/84
X.274 (07/94) [New] [50 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95] [PN: X.tlsp]
   Information technology - Telecommunication and information exchange
   between systems - Transport layer security protocol
   Note - C: 40/65/84

* Layer Managed Objects
X.282 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Elements of management information related to the OSI data link layer
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.283 (11/93) [New] [129 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Elements of management information related to the OSI network layer
   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.284 (07/94) [New] [35 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95]
   Elements of management information related to the OSI transport layer
   Note - C: 40/65/84

* Conformance testing
X.290 (04/95) [Rev.2] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   OSI conformance testing methodology and framework for protocol
   Recommendations for ITU-T applications - General concepts
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.291 (04/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   OSI conformance testing methodology and framework for protocol
   Recommendations for ITU-T applications - Abstract test suite
   specification
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.292 (09/92) [New] [212 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.93]
   OSI conformance testing methodology and framework for protocol
   Recommendations for CCITT applications - The tree and tabular combined
   notation (TTcN)
X.293 (04/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   OSI conformance testing methodology and framework for protocol
   Recommendations for ITU-T applications - Test realization
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.294 (04/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   OSI conformance testing methodology and framework for protocol
   Recommendations for ITU-T applications - Requirements on test
   laboratories and clients for the conformance assessment process
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.295 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   OSI conformance testing methodology and framework for protocol
   Recommendations for ITU-T applications - Protocol profile test
   specification
   Note - C: 101/120/146

* INTERWORKING BETWEEN NETWORKS - General
X.300 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.6] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   General principles for interworking between public networks and between
   public networks and other networks for the provision of data
   transmission services

X.301 (1993) [Rev.1] [71 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Description of the general arrangements for call control within a
   subnetwork and between subnetworks for the provision of data
   transmission services
X.302 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.6] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Description of the general arrangements for internal network utilities
   within a subnetwork and intermediate utilities between subnetworks for
   the provision of data transmission services
X.305 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.6] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Functionalities of subnetworks relating to the support of the OSI
   connection-mode network service
X.320 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.6] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   General arrangements for interworking between integrated services
   digital networks (ISDNs) for the provision of data transmission services
X.321 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.6] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   General arrangements for interworking between circuit switched public
   data networks (CSPDNs) and integrated service digital networks (ISDNs)
   for the provision of data transmission services
   Note - Same as I.540
X.322 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.6] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   General arrangements for interworking between packet switched public
   data networks (PSPDNs) and circuit switched public data networks
   (CSPDNs) for the provision of data transmission services
X.323 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.6] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   General arrangements for interworking between packet switched public
   data networks (PSPDNs)
X.324 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.6] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   General arrangements for interworking between packet switched public
   data networks (PSPDNs) and public mobile systems for the provision of
   data transmission services
X.325 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.6] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   General arrangements for interworking between packet switched public
   data networks (PSPDNs) and integrated services digital networks (ISDNs)
   for the provision of data transmission services
   Note - Same as I.550
X.326 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.6] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   General arrangements for interworking between packet switched public
   data networks (PSPDNs) and common channel signalling network (cCSN)
X.327 (11/93) [Rev.1] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   General arrangements for interworking between packet switched public
   data networks (PSPDNs) and private data networks for the provision of
   data transmission services
   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.340 (1993) [New] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   General arrangements for interworking between a packet switched public
   data network (PSPDN) and the international telex network

* Mobile data transmission networks
X.350 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.6] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   General interworking requirements to be met for data transmission in
   international public mobile satellite systems
X.351 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.6] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Special requirements to be met for packet assembly/disassembly
   facilities (PADs) located at or in association with coast earth stations
   in the public mobile satellite service
X.352 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.6] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Interworking between packet switched public data networks and public
   maritime mobile satellite data transmission systems
X.353 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.6] [Publ.: Jun.89]

   Routing principles for interconnecting public maritime mobile satellite
   data transmission systems with public data networks
* Management
X.370 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.6] [Publ.: Jun.89]
   Arrangements for the transfer of internetwork management information
* MESSAGE HANDLING SYSTEMS
X.400 (1993) [Rev.1] [80 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.93]
   Message handling services: Message handling system and service overview
   Note - See F.400/X.400
X.402 (09/92) [Rev.1] [84 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]
   Message handling systems: Overall architecture
X.403 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.7] [Publ.: Dec.90]
   Message handling systems: conformance testing
X.407 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.7] [Publ.: Dec.90]
   Message handling systems: Abstract service definition conventions
X.408 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. VIII.7] [Publ.: Dec.90]
   Message handling systems: Encoded information type conversion rules
X.411 (09/92) [Rev.1] [174 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93]
   Message handling systems - Message transfer system: Abstract service
   definition and procedures
X.413 (04/95) [Rev.2] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Message handling systems (MHS): Message store -
   Abstract service definition
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.419 (09/92) [Rev.1] [44 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]
   Message handling systems - Protocol specifications
X.420 (09/92) [Rev.1] [116 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Message handling systems: Interpersonal messaging system
X.421 (07/94) [New] [11 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95]
   Message handling systems: COMFAX use of MHS
   Note - C: 40/65/84
X.435 (03/91) [New] [120 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.91]
   Message handling systems: Electronic data interchange messaging system
X.440 (09/92) [New] [113 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Message handling systems: Voice messaging system
X.445 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Asynchronous protocol specification - Provision of OSI connection mode
   network service over the telephone network
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.460 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Message Handling Systems (MHS) management:
   Model and architecture
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.480 (09/92) [New] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   Message handling systems and directory services - conformance testing
X.481 (09/92) [New] [32 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]
   P2 protocol: Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS)
   proforma
X.482 (09/92) [New] [40 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]
   P1 Protocol - Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS)
   proforma
X.483 (09/92) [New] [36 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]
   P3 Protocol - Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS)
   proforma
X.484 (09/92) [New] [42 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93]
   P7 protocol - Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS)
   proforma
X.485 (09/92) [New] [27 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93]
   Message handling systems: Voice messaging system protocol implementation

   conformance statement (PICS) proforma
* THE DIRECTORY
X.500 (11/93) [Rev.1] [20 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.95]
   Information technology - Open systems Interconnection - The directory:
   Overview of concepts, models and services
   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.501 (11/93) [Rev.1] [153 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.95]
   Information Technology - Open Systems Interconnection - The directory:
   Models
   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.509 (11/93) [Rev.1] [35 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - The directory:
   authentication framework
   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.511 (11/93) [Rev.1] [58 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - The directory:
   Abstract service definition
   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.518 (11/93) [Rev.1] [102 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - The directory:
   Procedures for distributed operation
   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.519 (11/93) [Rev.1] [37 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - The directory:
   Protocol specifications
   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.520 (11/93) [Rev.1] [35 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - The directory:
   Selected attribute types
   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.521 (11/93) [Rev.1] [21 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - The directory:
   Selected object classes
   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.525 (11/93) [New] [33 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - The directory:
   Replication
   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.581 (09/92) [New] [21 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]
   Directory access protocol - Protocol implementation conformance
   statement (PICS)
X.582 (09/92) [New] [27 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]
   Directory system protocol - Protocol implementation conformance
   statement (PICS)

* OSI NETWORKING AND SYSTEM ASPECTS - Networking
X.610 (09/92) [New] [26 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93]
   Provision and support of the OSI connection-mode network service
X.612 (09/92) [Rev.1] [19 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.93]
   Information technology - Provision of the OSI connection-mode network
   service by packet-mode terminal equipment connected to an integrated
   services digital network (ISDN)
   Note - ITU-T|ISO/IEC
X.613 (09/92) [New] [11 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.93]
   Information technology - Use of X.25 packet layer protocol in
   conjunction with X.21/X.21 bis to provide the OSI connection-mode
   network service
   Note - ITU-T|ISO/IEC
X.614 (09/92) [New] [9 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.93]

   Information technology - Use of X.25 packet layer protocol to provide
   the OSI connection-mode network service over the telephone network
   Note - ITU-T|ISO/IEC
X.622 (07/94) [New] [11 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95]
   Information technology - Protocol for providing the connectionless-mode
   network service: Provision of the underlying service by an X.25
   Subnetwork
   Note - C: 40/65/84
X.623 (07/94) [New] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95]
   Information technology - Protocol for providing the connectionless-mode
   network service: Provision of the underlying service by a subnetwork
   that provides the OSI data link service
   Note - C: 40/65/84

* Naming, Addressing and Registration
X.650 (01/92) [New] [29 pp.] [Publ.: May.92]
   Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) - Reference model for naming and
   addressing
X.660 (09/92) [New] [15 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.93]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Procedures for
   the operation of OSI Registration Authorities - General procedures
   Note - ITU-T|ISO/IEC
X.665 (09/92) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.93]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Procedures for
   the operation of OSI Registration Authorities: Application processes and
   application entities
   Note - ITU-T|ISO/IEC

* Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1)
X.680 (07/94) [New] [154 pp.] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Information technology - Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1):
   Specification of basic notation
   Note - C: 40/65/84
X.680 Amend. 1 (04/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1) -
   Specification of basic notation - Amendment 1: Extensibility Rules
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.681 (07/94) [New] [30 pp.] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Information technology - Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1):
   Information object specification
   Note - C: 40/65/84
X.681 Amend. 1 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1) -
   Information object specification - Amendment 1: Extensibility rules
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.682 (07/94) [New] [20 pp.] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Information technology - Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1):
   Constraint specification
   Note - C: 40/65/84
X.683 (07/94) [New] [11 pp.] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Information technology - Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1):
   Parameterization of ASN.1 specifications
   Note - C: 40/65/84
X.690 (07/94) [New] [40 pp.]
   Information technology - ASN.1 encoding rules: Specification of Basic
   Encoding Rules (BER), Canonical Encoding Rules (CER) and Distinguished
   Encoding Rules (DER)
   Note - C: 40/65/84
X.691 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]

   Information technology - ASN.1 encoding rules: Specification of Packed
   Encoding Rules (PER)
   Note - C: 101/120/146
* OSI MANAGEMENT
X.700 (09/92) [New] [11 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.93]
   Management framework for Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) for CCITT
   applications
X.701 (01/92) [New] [27 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.92]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   management overview
   Note - ITU-T|ISO/IEC 10040
X.701 Amend. 1 (04/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   management overview - Amendment 1: Management knowledge management
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.701 Corr. 2 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   management overview - Technical Corrigendum 2
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.710 (03/91) [New] [39 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.91]
   Common management information service definition for CCITT applications
X.711 (03/91) [New] [40 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.91]
   Common management information protocol specification for CCITT
   applications
X.712 (09/92) [New] [61 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.93]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - common
   management information protocol: Protocol implementation conformance
   statement proforma
   Note - ITU-T|ISO/IEC
X.720 (01/92) [New] [31 pp.] [Publ.: May.93]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Structure of
   management information: Management information model
   Note - ITU-T|ISO/IEC 10165-1
X.721 (02/92) [New] [63 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.92]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Structure of
   management information: Definition of management information
   Note - ITU-T|ISO/IEC 10165-2
X.722 (01/92) [New] [50 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.93]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Structure of
   Management Information: Guidelines for the definition of managed objects
   Note - ITU-T|ISO/IEC 10165-4
X.723 (11/93) [New] [18 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Structure of
   management information: Generic management information
   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.724 (11/93) [New] [40 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.94]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Structure of
   management information: Requirements and guidelines for implementation
   conformance statement proformas associated with OSI management
   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.730 (01/92) [New] [24 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.93]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   Management: Object management function
   Note - ITU-T|ISO/IEC 10164-1
X.730 Amend. 1 (04/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   management: Object management function - Amendment 1: Implementation
   conformance statement proformas
   Note - C: 101/120/146

X.731 (01/92) [New] [23 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.93]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   Management: State management function
   Note - ITU-T|ISO/IEC 10164-2
X.731 Amend. 1 (04/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   Management: State management function - Amendment 1: Implementation
   conformance statement proformas
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.731 Corr. 1 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   management: State management function - Technical Corrigendum 1
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.732 (01/92) [New] [17 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.93]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   Management: Attributes for representing relationships
   Note - ITU-T|ISO/IEC 10164-3
X.732 Amend. 1 (04/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   management: Attributes for representing relationships - Amendment 1:
   Implementation conformance statement proformas
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.733 (02/92) [New] [20 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.92]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   Management: Alarm reporting function
   Note - ITU-T|ISO/IEC + Corr.1(2/94)
X.733 Amend. 1 (04/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   management: Alarm reporting function - Amendment 1: Implementation
   conformance statement proformas
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.734 (09/92) [New] [19 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.93]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   Management: Event report management function
   Note - ITU-T|ISO/IEC + Corr.1(9/94)
X.734 Amend. 1 (04/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   management: Event report management function - Amendment 1:
   Implementation conformance statement proformas
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.735 (09/92) [New] [20 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.93]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   Management: Log control function
   Note - ITU-T|ISO/IEC
X.735 Amend. 1 (04/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   management: Log control function - Amendment 1: Implementation
   conformance statement proformas
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.736 (01/92) [New] [15 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.92]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   Management: Security alarm reporting function
   Note - ITU-T|ISO/IEC 10164-7
X.736 Amend. 1 (04/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   management: Security alarm reporting function - Amendment 1:
   Implementation conformance statement proformas
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.738 (11/93) [New] [59 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.95]

   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   management: Summarization function
   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.739 (11/93) [New] [Publ. sched.: May.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   Management: Metric objects and attributes
   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.740 (09/92) [New] [27 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.93]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   Management: Security audit trail function
   Note - ITU-T|ISO/IEC 10164-8
X.740 Corr. 1 (04/95) [Rev.1] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   management: Security audit trail function - Technical Corringendum 1
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.741 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   management: Object and attributes for access control
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.742 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   management: Usage metering function for accounting purposes
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.745 (11/93) [New] [48 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.94]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   Management: Test management function
   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.746 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Systems
   management: Scheduling function
   Note - C: 101/120/146

* SECURITY
X.800 (03/91) [New] [46 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.91]
   Security architecture for Open Systems Interconnection for CCITT
   applications
X.802 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Lower layers security model
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.803 (07/94) [New] [19 pp.] [Publ.: May.95] [PN: X.ulsm]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Upper layers
   security model
   Note - C: 40/65/84
X.811 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95] [PN: X.authfw]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Security
   frameworks for open systems: Authentication framework
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.830 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Generic upper
   layers security: Overview, model and notation
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.831 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Generic upper
   layers security: Security Exchange Service Element (SESE) service
   definition
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.832 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Generic upper
   layers security: Security Exchange Service Element (SESE) protocol

   specification
   Note - C: 101/120/146
X.833 (04/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Generic upper
   layers security: Protecting transfer syntax specification
   Note - C: 101/120/146

* OSI APPLICATIONS - Commitment, Concurrency and Recovery
X.851 (11/93) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jun.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Service
   definition for the commitment, concurrency and recovery service element
   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.852 (11/93) [New] [51 pp.] [Publ.: Nov.94]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Protocol for the
   commitment, concurrency and recovery service element: Protocol
   specification
   Note - C: 8/25/43

* Transaction processing
X.860 (09/92) [New] [50 pp.] [Publ.: Aug.93]
   Open Systems Interconnection - Distributed transaction processing: Model
X.861 (09/92) [New] [74 pp.] [Publ.: Oct.93]
   Open Systems Interconnection - Distributed transaction processing:
   service definition
X.862 (11/93) [New] [360 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.95]
   Open Systems Interconnection - Distributed transaction processing:
   Protocol specification
   Note - C: 8/25/43
X.863 (07/94) [New] [30 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95]
   Information technology - Open Systems Interconnection - Distributed
   transaction processing: Protocol implementation conformance statement
   (PICS) proforma
   Note - C: 40/65/84

* Remote operations
X.880 (07/94) [New] [37 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.95]
   Information technology - Remote Operations: concepts, model and notation
   Note - C: 40/65/84
X.881 (07/94) [New] [31 pp.] [Publ.: Feb.95]
   Information technology - Remote Operations: OSI realizations - Remote
   Operations Service Element (ROSE) service definition
   Note - C: 40/65/84
X.882 (07/94) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Information technology - Remote Operations: OSI realizations - Remote
   Operations Service Element (ROSE) protocol specification
   Note - C: 40/65/84

** - Series Z

* Specification and description language (SDL)
Z.100 (1993) [Rev.1] [237 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   CCITT Specification and description language (SDL)
Z.100 C (1993) [Rev.1] [10 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   Initial algebra model
   Note - Annex C to Z.100
Z.100 D (1993) [Rev.1] [12 pp.] [Publ.: Jun.94]
   SDL predefined data
   Note - Annex D to Z.100
Z.100 F1 (1993) [Rev.1] [33 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]

   Specification and description language (SDL)
Z.100 F2 (1993) [Rev.1] [437 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Specification and description language (SDL) - SDL formal definition:
   Static semantics
Z.100 F3 (1993) [Rev.1] [183 pp.] [Publ.: Apr.94]
   Specification and description language (SDL) - SDL formal definition:
   Dynamic semantics
Z.100 I (1993) [Rev.1] [129 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   SDL methodology guidelines
   Note - Appendix I to Z.100
Z.100 II (1993) [Rev.1] [1 pp.] [Publ.: Jul.94]
   SDL bibliography
   Note - Appendix II to Z.100
Z.105 (03/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Specification and description language (SDL) combined with abstract
   notation one (ASN.1)
   Note - C: 96/116/142

* Criteria for the use and applicability of formal Description Techniques
Z.110 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. X.1] [Publ.: May.90]
   Criteria for the use and applicability of formal description Techniques
Z.120 (1993) [New] [36 pp.] [Publ.: Sep.94]
   Messages sequence chart (MSC)
Z.120 B (03/95) [New] [Publ. sched.: Jul.95]
   Messages sequence charts algebric semantics
   Note - C: 96/116/142

* ITU-T High Level Language (CHILL)
Z.200 (1993) [Rev.1] [250 pp.] [Publ. sched.: Jun.95]
   CCITT High Level Language (CHILL)

* Man-machine language - General principles
Z.301 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. X.7] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Introduction to the CCITT man-machine language
Z.302 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. X.7] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   The meta-language for describing MML syntax and dialogue procedures

* Basic syntax and dialogue procedures
Z.311 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. X.7] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Introduction to syntax and dialogue procedures
Z.312 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. X.7] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Basic format layout
Z.314 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. X.7] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   The character set and basic elements
Z.315 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. X.7] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Input (command) language syntax specification
Z.316 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. X.7] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Output language syntax specification
Z.317 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. X.7] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Man-machine dialogue procedures

* Extended MML for visual display terminals
Z.321 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. X.7] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Introduction to the extended MML for visual display terminals
Z.322 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. X.7] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Capabilities of visual display terminals
Z.323 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. X.7] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Man-machine interaction


* Specification of the man-machine interface
Z.331 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. X.7] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Introduction to the specification of the man-machine interface
Z.332 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. X.7] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Methodology for the specification of the man-machine interface - General
   working procedure
Z.333 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. X.7] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Methodology for the specification of the man-machine interface - Tools
   and methods
Z.334 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. X.7] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Subscriber administration
Z.335 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. X.7] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Routing administration
Z.336 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. X.7] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Traffic measurement administration
Z.337 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. X.7] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Network management administration
Z.341 (1988) [Blue Book Fasc. X.7] [Publ.: Sep.89]
   Glossary of terms
Z.351 (1993) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   Data oriented human-machine interface specification technique -
   Introduction
Z.352 (1993) [New] [22 pp.] [Publ.: Mar.94]
   Data oriented human-machine interface specification technique - Scope,
   approach and reference model

* Miscelleanous
Z.400 (1993) [New] [6 pp.] [Publ.: Jan.94]
   Structure and format of quality manuals for telecommunications software


----------------------------------------------------------------------

Some 1120 Recommendations from the Blue Book are still in force. They
are included in fascicles and volumes of the Blue Book that may still
be purchased from the ITU Sales Service. Since the beginning of the
1988-1993 Study Period ("post Blue Book") ITU-T Recommendations are
published and offered for sale individually (in separate fascicles).
The price of each fascicle, based on the number of pages, is provided
for individually published Recommendations in the Table below.

----------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Pages        Administrations (ITU)      Other Subscribers
----------------------------------------------------------------------
up to 8                 Fr.S.  7.-                     Fr.s.  8.-
from  9 to 16           Fr.S. 10.-                     Fr.s. 11.-
from 17 to 32           Fr.S. 14.-                     Fr.s. 15.-
from 33 to 48           Fr.S. 18.-                     Fr.s. 20.-
from 49 to 64           Fr.S. 22.-                     Fr.s. 24.-
from 65 to 80           Fr.S. 26.-                     Fr.s. 29.-
from 81 to 96           Fr.S. 30.-                     Fr.s. 33.-
from 97 to 112          Fr.S. 34.-                     Fr.s. 38.-
from 113 to 128         Fr.S. 38.-                     Fr.s. 42.-
from 129 to 144         Fr.S. 42.-                     Fr.s. 47.-
from 145 to 160         Fr.S. 46.-                     Fr.s. 51.-
from 161 to 200         Fr.S. 56.-                     Fr.s. 61.-
from 201 to 300         Fr.S. 69.-                     Fr.s. 75.-
from 301 to 400         Fr.S. 85.-                     Fr.s. 93.-
----------------------------------------------------------------------

For the Blue Book publications, please retrieve from the TAM, the
document "List of ITU Publications" with UPI ITU-3025.

----------------------------------------------------------------------
    How  to  order  ITU-T  Recommendations Catalogue

General conditions

Since all orders are payable in advance, amounts due should be sent in
Swiss francs at the same time as the order.

Payment may be made:
1.      Switzerland: to postal cheque account of the ITU,
    Geneva 12-50-3

2.      All other countries: by
    a) international postal order,
    b) UNESCO coupon,
    c) bank transfer to the Swiss Bank Corporation, Geneva,
       Account No. C8-765,565.0

3.      The ITU does not accept letters of credit.

4.      The following credit cards are accepted: EUROCARD/MASTERCARD,
    VISA and AMERICAN EXPRESS.

Orders and cheques should be sent to the following address:

    International Telecommunication Union
    General Secretariat - Sales Section
    Place des Nations, CH-1211 Geneva 20 (Switzerland)

    Tf:     + 41 22 730 5285        Tlx:    421 000 uit ch
    Fax:    + 41 22 730 5194        Tg:     Burinterna Geneva


NOTE
    In order to avoid any misunderstanding, we point out that
customers who have already placed one or more standing orders do not
need to reply to this subscription circular.



                ORDER  FORM



Address for dispatch of documents       Address for dispatch of bill

Name:                                   Name:
Street:                                 Street:
City:                                   City:
Country:                                Country:

----------------------------------------------------------------------
|                               Number of copies required            |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
|                       |    English   |    French    |    Spanish   |
|-----------------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
|                       |Surface| Air  |Surface| Air  |Surface| Air  |
|                       | mail* |mail**| mail* |mail**| mail* |mail**|
|-----------------------|-------|------|-------|------|-------|------|
| CCITT Blue Book       |       |      |       |      |       |      |
|     Fascicle          |       |      |       |      |       |      |
| No. ................. |       |      |       |      |       |      |
|          "            |       |      |       |      |       |      |
|          "            |       |      |       |      |       |      |
|          "            |       |      |       |      |       |      |
|          "            |       |      |       |      |       |      |
|          "            |       |      |       |      |       |      |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ITU-T Recommendation  |       |      |       |      |       |      |
| (post-Blue Book)      |       |      |       |      |       |      |
| No..... Date........  |       |      |       |      |       |      |
|          "            |       |      |       |      |       |      |
|          "            |       |      |       |      |       |      |
|          "            |       |      |       |      |       |      |
|          "            |       |      |       |      |       |      |
|          "            |       |      |       |      |       |      |
|          "            |       |      |       |      |       |      |
|          "            |       |      |       |      |       |      |
|          "            |       |      |       |      |       |      |
|          "            |       |      |       |      |       |      |
|          "            |       |      |       |      |       |      |
|          "            |       |      |       |      |       |      |
|          "            |       |      |       |      |       |      |
|          "            |       |      |       |      |       |      |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Complete set of       |       |      |       |      |       |      |
| (post-Blue Book)      |       |      |       |      |       |      |
| ITU-T Recommendations |       |      |       |      |       |      |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
* Carriage costs included in the price.
**    Carriage costs not included in the price.

Please charge my credit card :
Visa....        Eurocard/Mastercard....         American Express....

Card Number :           Expiration Date :

Your reference:                 Signature:              Date:

Detach this sheet and return to:

International Telecommunication Union,
Sales Section,
Place des Nations,
CH-1211 Geneva 20
_______________